[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

CN104982062B - Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data - Google Patents

Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN104982062B
CN104982062B CN201380003698.6A CN201380003698A CN104982062B CN 104982062 B CN104982062 B CN 104982062B CN 201380003698 A CN201380003698 A CN 201380003698A CN 104982062 B CN104982062 B CN 104982062B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
user equipment
wlan
base station
data
protocol stack
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN201380003698.6A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN104982062A (en
Inventor
戴明增
曾清海
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of CN104982062A publication Critical patent/CN104982062A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN104982062B publication Critical patent/CN104982062B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供一种传输数据的方法、装置和系统,能够使基站自主地确定分流策略,并改善用户体验,该方法由通信系统中的基站执行,该通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点WLAN AP和用户设备,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。

The present invention provides a method, device and system for transmitting data, which can enable the base station to independently determine the distribution strategy and improve user experience. The method is executed by the base station in the communication system, and the communication system also includes a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP and user equipment, a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel is provided between the base station and the WLAN AP, the method includes: determining the The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; according to the channel bandwidth, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the user equipment through the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is all the data on the bearer or partial data.

Description

传输数据的方法、装置和系统Method, device and system for transmitting data

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及传输数据的方法、装置和系统。The present invention relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a method, device and system for transmitting data.

背景技术Background technique

随着智能手机的迅猛发展,越来越多的移动通信终端都集成了无线局域网(WLAN,Wireless Local Area Network)的通信模块。另一方面,随着人们对移动宽带需求的不断增加,现有的(例如,无线蜂窝)通信系统的承受到越来越大的数据流量的压力。一个可行的方法是把无线蜂窝技术和WLAN技术相互融合,利用WLAN分流移动蜂窝通信系统的数据流量,从而大大提高蜂窝系统用户的体验。With the rapid development of smart phones, more and more mobile communication terminals are integrated with a wireless local area network (WLAN, Wireless Local Area Network) communication module. On the other hand, as people's demand for mobile broadband continues to increase, existing (eg, wireless cellular) communication systems are under increasing pressure from data traffic. A feasible method is to integrate the wireless cellular technology and the WLAN technology, and use the WLAN to offload the data traffic of the mobile cellular communication system, thereby greatly improving the user experience of the cellular system.

目前,已知一种通信技术,在用户设备(UE,User Equipment)已经通过基站接入演进的分组核心网(EPC,Evolved Packet Core),并通过某一分组数据网网关(PDN-GW,Public Data Network-Gateway)建立了分组数据网(PDN,Public Data Network)连接后,该UE可以通过例如,可信无线局域网络接入网(TWAN,Trusted Wireless Local AreaNetworks Access Network)接入该EPC,并且,TWAN可以选择某一PDN-GW创建PDN连接,从而实现了无线蜂窝技术和WLAN技术相互融合。At present, there is a known communication technology, in which a user equipment (UE, User Equipment) has been connected to an evolved packet core network (EPC, Evolved Packet Core) through a base station, and a packet data network gateway (PDN-GW, Public After the Data Network-Gateway) establishes a packet data network (PDN, Public Data Network) connection, the UE can access the EPC through, for example, a Trusted Wireless Local Area Network Access Network (TWAN, Trusted Wireless Local Area Networks Access Network), and , TWAN can select a certain PDN-GW to create a PDN connection, thereby realizing the integration of wireless cellular technology and WLAN technology.

但是,在该技术中,由于分流的融合在于EPC,基站无法自主地确定分流流量,可能出现因用户设备与TWAN之间的网络状态等的影响,而无法达到预期的分流效果。并且,不能保证在通过WLAN建立PDN连接时使用的PDN-GW与在通过基站建立PDN连接时使用的PDN-GW相同,无法保证业务连续性,严重影响用户体验。However, in this technology, since the integration of offloading lies in the EPC, the base station cannot independently determine the offloading traffic, and the expected offloading effect may not be achieved due to the influence of the network status between the user equipment and the TWAN. Moreover, it cannot be guaranteed that the PDN-GW used when establishing a PDN connection through the WLAN is the same as the PDN-GW used when establishing a PDN connection through the base station, and service continuity cannot be guaranteed, which seriously affects user experience.

因此,希望提供一种技术,能够使基站自主地确定分流流量,提高分流效果,改善用户体验。Therefore, it is desired to provide a technology that enables the base station to independently determine offload traffic, improve offload effects, and improve user experience.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本发明实施例提供一种传输数据的方法、装置和系统,能够使基站自主地确定分流流量,提高分流效果,改善用户体验。Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, device, and system, which can enable a base station to independently determine offload traffic, improve offload effects, and improve user experience.

第一方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,由通信系统中的基站执行,该通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点WLAN AP和用户设备,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In the first aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is executed by a base station in a communication system, the communication system also includes a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP and user equipment, between the base station and the gateway device, there is a device for transmitting For carrying the data of the user equipment, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP. The method includes: determining the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; according to the The channel bandwidth is to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种实现方式中,该确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,包括:接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽,该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该WLAN AP协商后确定的;根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the first aspect, in the first implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP includes: receiving the first channel bandwidth sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP Bandwidth indication information, wherein the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the channel bandwidth is determined after negotiation between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; according to the The first channel bandwidth indication information determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第二种实现方式中,该确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,包括:接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the first aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in the second implementation manner of the first aspect, determining the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP includes: receiving the channel bandwidth sent by the user equipment for Indicating the first capability information of the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; receiving the second capability information sent by the WLAN AP for indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; according to the first capability information and the second capability information , to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第三种实现方式中,该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;经由该GTP隧道,接收该WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该WLANAP的。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, the transmission of the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth includes: The user equipment sends second channel bandwidth indication information, and the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment can transmit information according to the second channel bandwidth indication information. , determining uplink target data, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer; receiving the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.

结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第四种实现方式中,该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,其中,该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据;经由该GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, the transmission of target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth includes: according to The channel bandwidth determines downlink target data, wherein the target downlink data is all or part of the downlink data on the bearer; sends the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP sends the user equipment Forwarding the downlink target data.

结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第五种实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间;以及该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the user The switching of the channel used for communication between the device and the WLAN AP and the time when the switching is completed; and the transmission of target data between the WLAN AP and the user equipment through the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth, including: according to The channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information are used to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel.

结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第六种实现方式中,该基站具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈,该第一基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,该第二基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:根据该信道带宽,通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。With reference to the first aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the base station has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, and the first base station side protocol stack is used in the base station The second base station side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the base station side, wherein the second base station side protocol stack is the same as the first base station side protocol stack. The at least one protocol layer of the protocol stack on the base station side is connected, and the transmission of the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth includes: according to the channel bandwidth, through the first base station side At least one layer of the protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel.

第二方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,由通信系统中的无线局域网接入点WLANAP执行,该通信系统还包括基站和用户设备,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In the second aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is executed by a wireless local area network access point WLANAP in a communication system, and the communication system further includes a base station and a user equipment, and between the base station and the gateway device, there is a device for transmitting the data. For carrying data of user equipment, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes: transmitting target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target The data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种实现方式中,在经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前,该方法还包括:接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;根据该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息,确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽;向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the second aspect, in the first implementation manner of the second aspect, before transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, the method further includes: receiving a message sent by the user equipment for indicating the The first capability information of the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment; send the first channel bandwidth to the base station indication information, wherein the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第二种实现方式中,在经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前,该方法还包括:向该基站发送用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息,以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的,用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。With reference to the second aspect and the above implementation manners, in the second implementation manner of the second aspect, before transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, the method further includes: sending the user equipment to the base station The second capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information, wherein , the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.

结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第三种实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。With reference to the second aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the distance between the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication is switched and the time when the switch is completed.

结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第四种实现方式中,该WLAN AP具有第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLANAP侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,以及该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备;或将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side protocol stack Used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and the GTP tunnel , transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including: inputting the data obtained from the base station into the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN The AP side protocol stack, sending the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment; or inputting the data obtained from the user equipment into the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and sending the data from the second WLAN AP The data output by the side protocol stack is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.

第三方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,由通信系统中的用户设备执行,该通信系统还包括基站和无线局域网接入点WLAN AP,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In a third aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is executed by a user equipment in a communication system, the communication system further includes a base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP, and between the base station and the gateway device, a device for transmitting For carrying the data of the user equipment, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes: transmitting target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, wherein the target data It is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种实现方式中,在经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前,该方法还包括:接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽;向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the third aspect, in the first implementation manner of the third aspect, before transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes: receiving a message sent by the WLAN AP for indicating that the WLAN AP The second capability information of the channel bandwidth that can be supported; according to the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information, determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP; send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station , wherein the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的第二种实现方式中,在经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前,该方法还包括:向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该WLAN AP发送给该基站的,用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。With reference to the third aspect and the above implementation manners, in the second implementation manner of the third aspect, before transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes: sending an instruction to the base station The first capability information of the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information, wherein the The second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.

结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的第三种实现方式中,该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;向该WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。In combination with the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes: receiving second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station , the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, determine uplink target data, wherein the target uplink data is the bearer sending the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.

结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的第四种实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。With reference to the third aspect and the above implementation manners, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the distance between the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication is switched and the time when the switch is completed.

结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的第五种实现方式中,该用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈,该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a fifth implementation manner of the third aspect, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, and the first user equipment side protocol stack Used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, the second user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, wherein the second The user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and the transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes: passing at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack The first layer and the second user equipment side protocol stack transmit target data with the base station via the WLAN AP.

第四方面,提供了一种传输数据的装置,在该装置与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,该装置与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该装置包括:第一基站侧协议栈,用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理;第二基站侧协议栈,用于实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连;确定单元,用于确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;收发单元,与该第二基站侧协议栈相连,用于根据该确定单元确定的该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In the fourth aspect, a device for transmitting data is provided. A bearer for transmitting data of user equipment is provided between the device and the gateway device, and a general packet radio is provided between the device and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP. Service Tunneling Protocol GTP Tunnel, the device includes: a first base station side protocol stack for implementing data processing for communication with the user equipment; a second base station side protocol stack for implementing data communication with the WLAN AP Processing, wherein, the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack; a determining unit is configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; a transceiver unit , connected to the second base station side protocol stack, and configured to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth determined by the determining unit, wherein the target data is the bearer All or part of the data above.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽,该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该WLANAP协商后确定的;该确定单元具体用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the fourth aspect, in the first implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used To indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the channel bandwidth is determined after negotiation between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the channel bandwidth according to the first channel bandwidth indication information Channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的第二种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,并接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;该确定单元具体用于根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the fourth aspect and the above implementation manners, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support , and receive second capability information sent by the WLAN AP for indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the relationship between the user equipment and the Channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs.

结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的第三种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;该收发单元具体用于经由该GTP隧道,接收该WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该WLAN AP的。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment can determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, wherein the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer Data; the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, and the uplink target data is sent to the WLAN AP by the user equipment.

结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的第四种实现方式中,该确定单元还用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,其中,该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据;该收发单元具体用于经由该GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。With reference to the fourth aspect and its above-mentioned implementation manners, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the determining unit is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of the downlink data; the transceiving unit is specifically configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.

结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的第五种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间;该收发单元具体用于根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the The switching of the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP and the time when the switching is completed; the transceiver unit is specifically used to pass the WLAN AP and the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching instruction information. The user equipment performs the transmission of the target data.

第五方面,提供了一种传输数据的装置,其特征在于,该装置与基站之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,该装置包括:第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,用于实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理;第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,与该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈相连,用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理;收发单元,与该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈相连,用于经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In the fifth aspect, a device for transmitting data is provided, wherein a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is provided between the device and the base station, and a device for transmitting user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device. For carrying data, the device includes: a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station; a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, used for Realize data processing for communication with the user equipment; the transceiver unit is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and is used to transmit the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel Target data, wherein the target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;该装置还包括:确定单元,用于根据该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息,确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽;以及该收发单元还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the fifth aspect, in the first implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; the apparatus further includes : a determining unit, configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information; and the transceiver unit is also configured to send the first channel bandwidth to the base station indication information, wherein the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的第二种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该基站发送用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息,以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的,用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in a second implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send second capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support to the base station, so that The base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.

结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的第三种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。With reference to the fifth aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, and the channel switching information is used to indicate that the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication switches and the time when the switch is completed.

第六方面,提供了一种传输数据的装置,该装置包括:第一用户设备侧协议栈,用于实现与基站之间通信的数据处理,其中,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道;第二用户设备侧协议栈,用于实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连;收发单元,与该第二用户设备侧协议栈相连,用于经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。According to the sixth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus includes: a protocol stack on the first user equipment side, configured to implement data processing for communication with a base station, wherein, between the base station and the gateway equipment, there is a user equipment For carrying the data of the user equipment, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is set between the base station and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP; the second user equipment side protocol stack is used to realize communication with the WLAN AP. Communication data processing, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack; the transceiver unit is connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack for AP, performing target data transmission with the base station, wherein the target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the target data is between the WLAN AP and the base station via For the GTP tunnel transmission, the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该WLANAP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;该装置还包括:确定单元,用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽;该收发单元还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。With reference to the sixth aspect, in the first implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; the device further includes: The determining unit is configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth supported by the user equipment and the second capability information; the transceiver unit is also configured to send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station , wherein the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的第二种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该WLAN AP发送给该基站的,用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。With reference to the sixth aspect and its above-mentioned implementation manners, in a second implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send to the base station first capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that The base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, It is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.

结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的第三种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;该装置还包括:确定单元,用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;该收发单元具体用于向该WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。With reference to the sixth aspect and the above implementation manners, in a third implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; the device also includes: a determining unit, configured to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, wherein the target uplink data is on the bearer all or part of the uplink data; the transceiver unit is specifically configured to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.

结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的第四种实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。With reference to the sixth aspect and its above-mentioned implementation manners, in a fourth implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, and the channel switching information is used to indicate that the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication switches and the time when the switch is completed.

第七方面,提供了一种传输数据的系统,该系统包括:基站,该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,用于确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,并根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据;WLAN AP,用于经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据;用户设备,用于经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。In the seventh aspect, a data transmission system is provided, the system includes: a base station, a bearer for transmitting user equipment data is provided between the base station and a gateway device, and a wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP) between the base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP A General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is provided, which is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and communicate with the user equipment through the WLAN AP and the user equipment through the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth. transmission of target data, wherein the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer; WLAN AP is configured to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is based on the user The channel bandwidth used for communication between the device and the WLAN AP is determined, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer; the user equipment is used to transmit the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, wherein, The target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is on the bearer all or part of the data.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法、装置和系统,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the method, device and system for transmitting data according to the embodiments of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the GTP tunnel. ), the offloading anchor point can be located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP can be determined by the base station, the base station can determine the offloading traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and, because the WLAN The data distributed by the AP reaches the gateway device through the base station, which can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring business continuity and improving user experience.

附图说明Description of drawings

为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the following will briefly introduce the accompanying drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the accompanying drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. Embodiments, for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without any creative effort.

图1是表示本发明实施例的各设备中各协议栈的配置结构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration structure of each protocol stack in each device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图2a是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的一例的示意图,图2b是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的另一例的示意图,图2c是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例的示意图,图2d是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例的示意图。Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram showing an example of an aggregation manner of each protocol stack in a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention; Fig. 2b is a schematic diagram showing another example of an aggregation manner of each protocol stack in a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention; A schematic diagram of another example of the aggregation manner of the protocol stacks in the base station of the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2d is a schematic diagram showing another example of the aggregation manner of the protocol stacks in the base station of the embodiment of the present invention.

图3a是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的一例的示意图,图3b是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的另一例的示意图,图3c是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例的示意图,图3d是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例的示意图。Figure 3a is a schematic diagram showing an example of an aggregation manner of protocol stacks in a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention, and Figure 3b is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of an aggregation manner of various protocol stacks in a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention, and Figure 3c is Fig. 3d is a schematic diagram showing another example of the aggregation manner of the protocol stacks in the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图4是根据本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图5是根据本发明一实施例的下行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图6是根据本发明一实施例的上行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 6 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting uplink data according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7是根据本发明另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图8是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to yet another embodiment of the present invention.

图9是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting signals according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图10是根据本发明另一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting signals according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图11是根据本发明再一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting signals according to yet another embodiment of the present invention.

图12是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting signals according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图13是根据本发明另一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting signals according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图14是根据本发明再一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting signals according to yet another embodiment of the present invention.

图15是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的系统的示意性架构图。FIG. 15 is a schematic architecture diagram of a system for transmitting signals according to an embodiment of the present invention.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The following will clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are some of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all of them. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts belong to the protection scope of the present invention.

本发明的技术方案,可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯系统(GSM,Global System of Mobile communication),码分多址(CDMA,Code Division MultipleAccess)系统,宽带码分多址(WCDMA,Wideband Code Division Multiple AccessWireless),通用分组无线业务(GPRS,General Packet Radio Service),长期演进(LTE,Long Term Evolution)等,本发明并不限定。The technical scheme of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM, Global System of Mobile communication), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA , Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS, General Packet Radio Service), Long Term Evolution (LTE, Long Term Evolution), etc., which are not limited in the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,用户设备(UE,User Equipment),也可称之为移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、移动用户设备等,可以经无线接入网(例如,RAN,Radio AccessNetwork)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,用户设备可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据,本发明并不限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, user equipment (UE, User Equipment), which may also be referred to as a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), mobile user equipment, etc., may communicate with one or Multiple core networks communicate, and user equipment can be mobile terminals, such as mobile phones (or called "cellular" phones) and computers with mobile terminals, such as portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted Mobile devices that exchange speech and/or data with the radio access network, which is not limited by the present invention.

基站,可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS,Base Transceiver Station),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(Node B),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(eNB或e-Node B,evolutionalNode B),本发明并不限定。The base station can be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or a base station (Node B) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (eNB or e-Node B, evolutionNode B) in LTE , the present invention is not limited.

在本发明实施例中,为了对基站的数据进行分流,在本发明的通信系统中,需要设置无线局域网接入点(WLAN AP,Wireless Local Area Network Access Point),并且,该无线局域网接入点,可以是例如,无线保真(WiFi,Wireless Fidelity)中的接入点,本发明并不限定。以下,为了便于理解和说明,简称AP。In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to offload the data of the base station, in the communication system of the present invention, a wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP, Wireless Local Area Network Access Point) needs to be set, and the wireless local area network access point , may be, for example, an access point in Wireless Fidelity (WiFi, Wireless Fidelity), which is not limited in the present invention. Hereinafter, for the convenience of understanding and description, it is referred to as AP for short.

在本发明实施例中,在下行时,基站可以向AP传输需要分流的数据,并通过AP将该数据发送给UE。在上行时,UE可以将需要分流的数据发送给AP,并通过AP将该数据发送给基站。因此,在本发明实施例中,在基站和AP中需要配置用于实现彼此之间通信的协议栈,同样,在UE与AP中需要配置用于实现彼此之间通信的协议栈。In the embodiment of the present invention, during the downlink, the base station may transmit data that needs to be offloaded to the AP, and send the data to the UE through the AP. During the uplink, the UE can send the data that needs to be offloaded to the AP, and send the data to the base station through the AP. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station and the AP need to configure a protocol stack for communicating with each other, and similarly, the UE and the AP need to configure a protocol stack for communicating with each other.

图1是表示本发明实施例的各设备中各协议栈的配置结构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration structure of each protocol stack in each device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

如图1所示,在本发明实施例中,基站与AP之间可以采用通用分组无线业务隧道协议(GTP,General Packet Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol)通信方式,进行通信(具体地说,是传输分流的数据),因此,在基站和AP中,可以设置用于实现该GTP通信的协议栈。As shown in Fig. 1, in the embodiment of the present invention, the general packet radio service tunneling protocol (GTP, General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol) communication mode can be adopted between the base station and the AP to communicate (specifically, it is transmission offloading) data), therefore, in the base station and the AP, a protocol stack for realizing the GTP communication can be set.

如图1所示,在本发明实施例中,UE与AP之间可以采用无线局域网通信方式,进行通信(具体地说,是传输分流的数据),因此,在UE中,可以设置用于实现该无线局域网通信的协议栈,例如,WiFi协议栈。由于UE与AP采用无线局域网通信方式,该无线局域网通信方式使用的时频资源与UE与基站之间的通信使用的时频资源相异,从而,能够实现对基站的分流。As shown in Fig. 1, in the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless local area network communication method can be used between the UE and the AP to communicate (specifically, to transmit the offloaded data). Therefore, in the UE, it can be set to implement The protocol stack of the wireless local area network communication, for example, the WiFi protocol stack. Since the UE and the AP adopt a wireless local area network communication mode, the time-frequency resources used in the wireless local area network communication mode are different from the time-frequency resources used in the communication between the UE and the base station, so that the offloading of the base station can be realized.

下面,对该基站中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。Next, the configuration structure of the protocol stack in the base station will be described.

可选地,该基站具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈,该第一基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,该第二基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及Optionally, the base station has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, the first base station side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the base station side, and the second base station side protocol stack The protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the base station side, wherein the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and

该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack via the GTP tunnel.

具体地说,该基站包括第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈。Specifically, the base station includes a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack.

作为该第一基站侧协议栈,可以列举基站协议栈,应理解,该基站协议栈仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,其他能够在基站(或者说,核心网接入节点)侧实现基站与用户设备之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保护范围内。并且,上述基站与用户设备之间的通信包括能够行使基站功能的核心网接入节点与用户设备之间的通信,例如,能够与用户设备通信的中继节点(RN,Relay Node)与用户设备之间的通信。As the first base station side protocol stack, the base station protocol stack can be cited. It should be understood that the base station protocol stack is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. The protocol stack for implementing the communication between the base station and the user equipment on the side falls within the protection scope of the present invention. In addition, the above-mentioned communication between the base station and the user equipment includes communication between a core network access node capable of performing base station functions and the user equipment, for example, a relay node (RN, Relay Node) capable of communicating with the user equipment and the user equipment communication between.

作为该第二基站侧协议栈,可以使用GTP协议栈的全部或部分协议层,其中,第二基站侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接聚合在第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上,或者,第二基站侧协议栈可以通过适配层聚合在第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上,随后对该适配层的作用进行详细说明。As the second base station side protocol stack, all or part of the protocol layers of the GTP protocol stack may be used, wherein the second base station side protocol stack may be directly aggregated on at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through an internal interface, or , the second base station side protocol stack may be aggregated on at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through an adaptation layer, and the function of the adaptation layer will be described in detail later.

从而,在上行时,由于经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据在传输核心网(或者说,网关设备)前,需要经由第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层,能够将该数据的格式,转换为符合现有的基站与网关设备之间通信的数据格式,即,经第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层的处理(例如,格式转换处理)后发送给网关设备的数据格式。Therefore, during uplink, since the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack needs to pass through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack before being transmitted to the core network (or gateway device), the format of the data can be Convert to a data format that conforms to the existing communication between the base station and the gateway device, that is, the data format sent to the gateway device after being processed by at least one layer of the protocol stack on the first base station side (for example, format conversion processing).

并且,在上行时,如果通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一UE的数据,则可以通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层,对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。In addition, in the uplink, if the data of the same UE is transmitted through both the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack can be used to transmit data via the first base station side protocol stack. The data transmitted by the side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack are aggregated, and then the process will be described in detail.

并且,在下行时,如果通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一UE的数据,则可以通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层,对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。Moreover, in the downlink, if the data of the same UE is transmitted through both the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack can be used to transmit data via the first base station side protocol stack. The data transmitted by the side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack are bearer distinguished and the sequence number of the data packet is set. Subsequently, the process will be described in detail.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层包括以下至少一个协议层:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack includes at least one of the following protocol layers:

分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层、无线链路控制RLC层或媒体接入控制MAC层。Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP layer, Radio Link Control RLC layer or Media Access Control MAC layer.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,可以使用GTP协议栈的部分或全部协议层作为第二基站侧协议栈,并且,在本发明实施例中,该第二基站侧协议栈可以包括用户面协议栈,也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议栈,本发明并不特别限定。以下,以该第二基站侧协议栈为用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)为例进行说明,从而,例如,在使用基站协议栈作为第一基站侧协议栈的情况下,该GTP-U协议栈需要聚合在基站的用户面协议栈。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present invention, part or all of the protocol layers of the GTP protocol stack may be used as the second base station side protocol stack, and, in this embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack may include a user plane The protocol stack may also include a user plane protocol stack and a control plane protocol stack, which are not particularly limited in the present invention. In the following, the second base station protocol stack is used as an example of a user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack). Therefore, for example, when using the base station protocol stack as the first base station protocol stack, the GTP-U The U protocol stack needs to be aggregated in the user plane protocol stack of the base station.

在本发明实施例中,用户面通用分组业务隧道协议(GTP-U,General PacketRadio Service Tunneling Protocol for the user plane)用于两个节点之间的传输协议数据单元(T-PDU,Transport PDU)的传输。GTP头中的隧道终端标识(TEID,TunnelEndpoint Identifier)用于指示T-PDU属于的隧道,以实现GTP-U在隧道的两端复用和去复用分组。TEID字段使用的TEID值通过协商获得,GTP隧道允许复用不同的用户,不同的分组协议和不同的服务质量(QoS,Quality of Service)级别。T-PDU分组被封装在G-PDU中传输。G-PDU分组由GTP-U头和T-PDU构成。路径协议定义路径,GTP-U头定义隧道。多个隧道可以复用到一个路径上。,这里,GTP-U协议栈的结构可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。以下,省略对相同或相似情况的说明。In the embodiment of the present invention, the user plane General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP-U, General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol for the user plane) is used for transmission protocol data unit (T-PDU, Transport PDU) between two nodes transmission. The Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID, TunnelEndpoint Identifier) in the GTP header is used to indicate the tunnel to which the T-PDU belongs, so as to implement GTP-U to multiplex and demultiplex packets at both ends of the tunnel. The TEID value used in the TEID field is obtained through negotiation, and the GTP tunnel allows multiplexing of different users, different packet protocols and different quality of service (QoS, Quality of Service) levels. T-PDU packets are encapsulated in G-PDU for transmission. A G-PDU packet consists of a GTP-U header and a T-PDU. The path protocol defines the path, and the GTP-U header defines the tunnel. Multiple tunnels can be multiplexed onto one path. , here, the structure of the GTP-U protocol stack may be the same as or similar to that of the prior art, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted. Hereinafter, descriptions of the same or similar cases are omitted.

基站的用户面协议栈主要包括分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP,Packet DataConvergence Protocol)层、无线链路控制(RLC,Radio Link Control)层、媒体接入控制(MAC,Media Access Control)层和物理(PHY,Physical)层。PDCP层主要用于对信息进行压缩和解压缩/加密和解密;RLC层主要用于实现自动重传请求(ARQ,Automatic RepeatRequest)的相关功能,对信息进行分段和级联或对分段和级联的信息进行重组;MAC层主要用于对传输格式组合的选择,实现调度和混合自动重传请求(HARQ,Hybrid AutomaticRepeat Request)的相关功能;PHY层主要用于为MAC层和高层提供信息传输的服务,根据选择的传输格式组合进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理。需要说明的是,由于第二基站侧协议栈的传输格式与基站协议栈的传输格式相异,因此编码调制处理或解调解码处理也相异,从而第二基站侧协议栈无需聚合在基站协议栈的PHY层。The user plane protocol stack of the base station mainly includes Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP, Packet Data Convergence Protocol) layer, radio link control (RLC, Radio Link Control) layer, media access control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer and physical (PHY , Physical) layer. The PDCP layer is mainly used to compress and decompress/encrypt and decrypt information; the RLC layer is mainly used to implement the related functions of Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ, Automatic Repeat Request), segment and concatenate information or segment and class The MAC layer is mainly used to select the transmission format combination, and realize the related functions of scheduling and Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request); the PHY layer is mainly used to provide information transmission for the MAC layer and the upper layer For services, code modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing is performed according to the selected transmission format combination. It should be noted that since the transmission format of the second base station protocol stack is different from that of the base station protocol stack, the encoding and modulation processing or demodulation and decoding processing are also different, so that the second base station side protocol stack does not need to be aggregated in the base station protocol stack. The PHY layer of the stack.

因此,在本发明实施例中,可以使第二基站侧协议栈聚合在上述PDCP层、RLC层或MAC层中的任一协议层上。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack can be aggregated on any one of the above PDCP layer, RLC layer or MAC layer.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,第二基站侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接连接在第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层上。具体地说,如果在基站与AP之间传输的数据在经过该第二基站侧协议栈和该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层时无需进行(例如,格式)转换,则可以将该第二基站侧协议栈直接连接在第一基站侧协议栈中的至少一个协议层上。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack may be directly connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through an internal interface. Specifically, if the data transmitted between the base station and the AP does not need to be converted (for example, format) when passing through at least one protocol layer of the second base station side protocol stack and the first base station side protocol stack, the The second base station side protocol stack is directly connected to at least one protocol layer in the first base station side protocol stack.

在以GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)作为该第二基站侧协议栈,以基站协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一基站侧协议栈的情况下,作为示例而非限定,例如,如图2a所示,可以将该GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的PDCP层。再例如,如图2b所示,可以将该GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的RLC层。再例如,如图2c所示,可以将该GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的MAC层。In the case where the user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack is used as the second base station side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the base station protocol stack is used as the first base station side protocol stack, as an example, Without limitation, for example, as shown in FIG. 2a, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated at the PDCP layer of the base station protocol stack. For another example, as shown in FIG. 2b, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated at the RLC layer of the base station protocol stack. For another example, as shown in FIG. 2c, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated in the MAC layer of the base station protocol stack.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and

该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并重排序层生成第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置;The base station uses the reordering layer to determine the position of the downlink target data in the target data among all the downlink data on the bearer, and the reordering layer generates first position indication information, where the first position indication information is used to indicate the downlink target The location of the data in all downlink data on the bearer;

该基站向该WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。The base station sends the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines the location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.

并且,该基站向该WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息,包括:And, the base station sends the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, including:

该基站通过该重排序层,将该第一位置指示信息与该下行目标数据封装于同一数据包内而发送给该WLAN AP。The base station encapsulates the first location indication information and the downlink target data in the same data packet and sends it to the WLAN AP through the reordering layer.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and

该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置;The base station obtains the second position indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, where the second position indication information is used to indicate the position of the uplink target data in the target data among all the uplink data on the bearer;

该基站根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。The base station determines the position of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer according to the second position indication information, the second position indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

并且,该基站通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,包括:And, the base station obtains the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, including:

该基站通过该重排序层,从封装有该上行目标数据的数据包内,获取该第二位置指示信息。The base station obtains the second location indication information from the data packet encapsulated with the uplink target data through the reordering layer.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,除了基站协议栈的全部协议栈(包括上述PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层)外,第一基站侧协议栈还可以另设一个协议层(重排序层),以将经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据转换为符合现有的基站与网关设备之间通信的数据格式。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, in addition to the entire protocol stack of the base station protocol stack (including the above-mentioned PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer), the first base station side protocol stack can also have another protocol layer ( reordering layer) to convert the data transmitted through the second base station side protocol stack into a data format that conforms to the existing communication between the base station and the gateway device.

在上行时,通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一UE的数据,可以通过该重排序层,对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合(或者说,确认各数据的承载,以根据承载进行排序),随后,对该过程进行详细说明。In the uplink, the data of the same UE is transmitted through both the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, and the reordering layer can be used to compare the data transmitted through the first base station side protocol stack The data transmitted by the protocol stack is aggregated (in other words, the bearer of each data is confirmed, so as to be sorted according to the bearer), and then the process is described in detail.

在下行时,通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一UE的数据,可以通过该重排序层,对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。In the downlink, the data of the same UE is transmitted through both the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, and the reordering layer can be used to compare the data transmitted through the first base station side protocol stack The data transmitted by the protocol stack is distinguished by bearer and the serial number of the data packet is set, and then the process is described in detail.

在以GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)作为该第二基站侧协议栈,以基站协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一基站侧协议栈的情况下,作为示例而非限定,例如,如图2d所示,可以将该GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的重排序层。In the case where the user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack is used as the second base station side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the base station protocol stack is used as the first base station side protocol stack, as an example, Without limitation, for example, as shown in FIG. 2d, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated in the reordering layer of the base station protocol stack.

以基站从核心网获取数据并向用户设备发送为例,基站可以使用S1接口与核心网连接,并且,可以通过S1接口从核心网获取数据,然后通过该基站协议栈的至少一协议层和GTP-U协议栈对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据以GTP通信方式发送给设置有GTP协议栈的AP,从而该AP可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式,将该数据发送给UE,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the base station obtaining data from the core network and sending it to the user equipment as an example, the base station can use the S1 interface to connect to the core network, and can obtain data from the core network through the S1 interface, and then pass at least one protocol layer of the base station protocol stack and GTP - The U protocol stack processes the data, and sends the processed data to the AP equipped with the GTP protocol stack in the GTP communication mode, so that the AP can use the wireless LAN communication mode to send the data to the UE, and then send the data to the UE. The process is described in detail.

以基站接收用户设备发送的数据并向核心网发送为例,基站可以使用S1接口与核心网连接,设置有GTP协议栈的AP可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式接收UE发送的数据,并且,可以采用GTP通信方式将该数据发送给基站,基站可以通过该GTP-U协议栈和基站协议栈的至少一协议层对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据通过S1接口发送至核心网,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the base station receiving the data sent by the user equipment and sending it to the core network as an example, the base station can use the S1 interface to connect to the core network, and the AP equipped with the GTP protocol stack can receive the data sent by the UE through wireless local area network communication, and can use The GTP communication method sends the data to the base station, and the base station can process the data through the GTP-U protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the base station protocol stack, and send the processed data to the core network through the S1 interface, and then The process is described in detail.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处理,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连;以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to convert data between at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack Processing, the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through the adaptation layer; and

该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack through the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站将下行目标数据输入至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二基站侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二基站侧协议栈,将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据经由该GTP隧道发送给该WLAN AP,以通过该WLAN AP发送给该用户设备,或The base station inputs downlink target data into at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack into the first base station side protocol stack through the adaptation layer The second base station side protocol stack can recognize the data format, and transmit it to the second base station side protocol stack, and send the data output from the second base station side protocol stack to the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel, so as to send it through the WLAN AP to the user device, or

该基站将经由该GTP隧道从该WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二基站侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,以获取该用户设备的上行目标数据。The base station inputs the data acquired from the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to the second base station side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from the second base station side protocol stack to the first base station through the adaptation layer A data format that can be recognized by at least one protocol layer of the side protocol stack, and transmits to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, so as to obtain the uplink target data of the user equipment.

具体地说,如图2a至图2d所示,如果在基站与AP之间传输的数据在经过该第二基站侧协议栈和该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层时需要进行(例如,格式)转换,则可以根据该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的格式和第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的格式,在该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层与第二基站侧协议栈之间,增加用于格式转换的适配层(适配层),例如,作为示例而非限定,如果GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的PDCP层上,则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在PDCP层与GTP-U协议栈之间的格式转换处理。应理解,以上列举的连接方式仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此。如果GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的RLC层上,则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在RLC层与GTP-U协议栈之间的格式转换处理。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 2a to 2d, if the data transmitted between the base station and the AP needs to be performed when passing through at least one protocol layer of the second base station side protocol stack and the first base station side protocol stack (such as , format) conversion, then according to the format of the data output by at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the format of the data output by the second base station side protocol stack, at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack Between the layer and the second base station side protocol stack, an adaptation layer (adaptation layer) for format conversion is added, for example, as an example rather than limitation, if the GTP-U protocol stack is aggregated on the PDCP layer of the base station protocol stack, Then the adaptation layer can be used to perform format conversion processing on the data between the PDCP layer and the GTP-U protocol stack. It should be understood that the connection manners listed above are only illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. If the GTP-U protocol stack is aggregated on the RLC layer of the base station protocol stack, the adaptation layer can be used to convert data between the RLC layer and the GTP-U protocol stack.

以基站从核心网获取数据并向用户设备发送为例,基站可以使用S1接口与核心网连接,并且,可以通过S1接口从核心网获取数据,然后通过该基站协议栈的至少一协议层、适配层和GTP-U协议栈对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据以GTP通信方式发送给设置有GTP协议栈的AP,从而该AP可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式,将该数据发送给UE,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the base station obtaining data from the core network and sending it to the user equipment as an example, the base station can use the S1 interface to connect to the core network, and can obtain data from the core network through the S1 interface, and then through at least one protocol layer of the base station protocol stack, the adaptive The distribution layer and the GTP-U protocol stack process the data, and send the processed data to the AP equipped with the GTP protocol stack in the GTP communication mode, so that the AP can use the wireless LAN communication mode to send the data to UE, the process will be described in detail later.

以基站接收用户设备发送的数据并向核心网发送为例,基站可以使用S1接口与核心网连接,设置有GTP协议栈的AP可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式接收UE发送的数据,并且,可以采用GTP通信方式将该数据发送给基站,基站可以通过该GTP-U协议栈、适配层和基站协议栈的至少一协议层对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据通过S1接口发送至核心网,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the base station receiving the data sent by the user equipment and sending it to the core network as an example, the base station can use the S1 interface to connect to the core network, and the AP equipped with the GTP protocol stack can receive the data sent by the UE through wireless local area network communication, and can use The GTP communication method sends the data to the base station, and the base station can process the data through at least one protocol layer of the GTP-U protocol stack, the adaptation layer and the base station protocol stack, and send the processed data to the core through the S1 interface network, and the process is described in detail later.

这样,通过设置适配层,能够确保数据在GTP-U协议栈与基站协议栈之间的转换,能够使GTP-U协议栈在基站中的配置更加灵活。In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, the conversion of data between the GTP-U protocol stack and the base station protocol stack can be ensured, and the configuration of the GTP-U protocol stack in the base station can be made more flexible.

在本发明实施例中,GTP-U协议栈可以设置在现有的基站(例如,Node B)中从而构成一种新的接入节点Node C(具体连接方式如上所述)。In the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack can be set in an existing base station (for example, Node B) to constitute a new access node Node C (the specific connection method is as described above).

另一方面,在本发明实施例中,GTP-U协议栈也可以设置在位于Node B外部的接入网实体,并通过光纤等与设置在Node B中的基站协议栈(至少一协议层)相连,例如,作为示例而非限定,在异构网络(HetNet)中,基站协议栈可以设置在宏基站(Macro)中,该GTP-U协议栈可以设置在与该Node B连接的其他接入节点中,Node B和设置有GTP-U协议栈的其他接入节点一起构成Node C,在本发明实施例中,该与Node B连接的其他接入节点可以包括微站Micro和毫微站Pico。On the other hand, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack can also be set at the access network entity outside the Node B, and communicate with the base station protocol stack (at least one protocol layer) set in the Node B through an optical fiber, etc. For example, as an example rather than limitation, in a heterogeneous network (HetNet), the base station protocol stack can be set in the macro base station (Macro), and the GTP-U protocol stack can be set in other access nodes connected to the Node B Among the nodes, Node B and other access nodes configured with the GTP-U protocol stack together constitute Node C. In the embodiment of the present invention, the other access nodes connected to Node B may include micro-stations Micro and femto-stations Pico .

并且,此情况下,多个Node B可以共用设置在一个微站Micro或毫微站Pico中的GTP-U协议栈。另外,当Node B与一个Node C相连(通过光纤等)时,该Node B也可以使用设置在Node C中的GTP-U协议栈。Moreover, in this case, multiple Node Bs can share the GTP-U protocol stack set in one Micro station or Femto station Pico. In addition, when the Node B is connected to a Node C (via optical fiber, etc.), the Node B can also use the GTP-U protocol stack set in the Node C.

这样,无需改造现有的Node B,减少了在现有接入节点中设置GTP-U协议栈的改造作业,从而提高了本发明的实用性。In this way, there is no need to modify the existing Node B, and the modification work of setting the GTP-U protocol stack in the existing access node is reduced, thereby improving the practicability of the present invention.

并且,在HetNet系统中,可以根据网络业务分布的统计特性,部分节点使用NodeB,部分节点使用Node C。Node C也可以通过光纤等连接一定的接入节点来扩大覆盖范围。Moreover, in the HetNet system, according to the statistical characteristics of network service distribution, some nodes use NodeB and some nodes use Node C. Node C can also connect certain access nodes through optical fibers to expand the coverage.

下面,对该AP中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。Next, the configuration structure of the protocol stack in the AP will be described.

可选地,该WLAN AP具有第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,以及Optionally, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and

该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:The WLAN AP transmits target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, including:

该WLAN AP通过该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与该基站之间传输该用户设备的目标数据;The WLAN AP transmits the target data of the user equipment between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the base station;

该WLAN AP通过该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈与该用户设备之间传输该目标数据。The WLAN AP transmits the target data between the user equipment and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack.

具体地说,该AP包括第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈。Specifically, the AP includes a first WLAN AP-side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP-side protocol stack.

作为该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,可以列举用于实现该无线局域网通信的协议栈,例如,WiFi协议栈,应理解,该WiFi协议栈仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,其他能够在AP(或者说,无线局域网接入节点)侧实现AP与用户设备之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保护范围内。As the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, a protocol stack for realizing the wireless local area network communication can be listed, for example, a WiFi protocol stack. It should be understood that the WiFi protocol stack is only an example, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Other protocol stacks capable of realizing communication between the AP and the user equipment at the side of the AP (or in other words, the access node of the wireless local area network) all fall within the protection scope of the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,作为示例而非限定,该WiFi协议栈可以包括:逻辑链路控制(LLC,Logical Link Control)层、媒体访问控制(MAC,Media Access Control)层、物理层(PHY,Physical Layer),其中,LLC层的主要功能是进行传输可靠性保障和控制、数据包分段与重组、数据包的顺序传输。MAC层的主要功能是为用户在不可靠媒介上提供可靠的数据传输,提供分布式协调功能、集中式控制访问机制、以及加密服务、侦听与回避、功率控制等。物理层主要功能是执行物理层汇聚流程,以将数据块映射到合适的物理帧格式,进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理等。In the embodiment of the present invention, as an example rather than a limitation, the WiFi protocol stack may include: a Logical Link Control (LLC, Logical Link Control) layer, a Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer, a physical layer (PHY, Physical Layer), where the main function of the LLC layer is to ensure and control transmission reliability, segment and reassemble data packets, and sequentially transmit data packets. The main function of the MAC layer is to provide users with reliable data transmission on unreliable media, provide distributed coordination functions, centralized control access mechanisms, and encryption services, interception and avoidance, power control, etc. The main function of the physical layer is to perform the aggregation process of the physical layer to map the data block to the appropriate physical frame format, and perform encoding and modulation processing or demodulation and decoding processing.

作为该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,可以使用GTP协议栈的部分或全部协议层,并且,在本发明实施例中,该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈可以包括用户面协议栈,也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议栈,本发明并不特别限定。以下,以该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈为GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)为例进行说明。As the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, part or all of the protocol layers of the GTP protocol stack can be used, and, in this embodiment of the present invention, the first WLAN AP side protocol stack can include a user plane protocol stack, and can also include a user plane protocol stack. The protocol stack of the control plane and the protocol stack of the control plane are not particularly limited in the present invention. Hereinafter, description will be made by taking the first WLAN AP side protocol stack as a user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack as an example.

在本发明实施例中,用户面通用分组业务隧道协议GTP-U协议栈用于两个节点之间的传输协议数据单元的传输。GTP头中的隧道终端标识TEID用于指示T-PDU属于的隧道,以实现GTP-U在隧道的两端复用和去复用分组。TEID字段使用的TEID值通过协商获得,GTP隧道允许复用不同的用户,不同的分组协议和不同的服务质量级别。T-PDU分组被封装在G-PDU中传输。G-PDU分组由GTP-U头和T-PDU构成。路径协议定义路径,GTP-U头定义隧道。多个隧道可以复用到一个路径上,这里,GTP-U协议栈的结构可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。以下,省略对相同或相似情况的说明。In the embodiment of the present invention, the user plane general packet service tunneling protocol GTP-U protocol stack is used for the transmission of the transmission protocol data unit between two nodes. The tunnel terminal identifier TEID in the GTP header is used to indicate the tunnel to which the T-PDU belongs, so as to realize GTP-U multiplexing and demultiplexing packets at both ends of the tunnel. The TEID value used in the TEID field is obtained through negotiation, and the GTP tunnel allows multiplexing of different users, different packet protocols, and different service quality levels. T-PDU packets are encapsulated in G-PDU for transmission. A G-PDU packet consists of a GTP-U header and a T-PDU. The path protocol defines the path, and the GTP-U header defines the tunnel. Multiple tunnels can be multiplexed on one path. Here, the structure of the GTP-U protocol stack can be the same as or similar to that of the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted. Hereinafter, descriptions of the same or similar cases are omitted.

AP从基站获取数据并向用户设备发送为例,AP可以通过GTP隧道,从基站获取数据包,并通过GTP-U协议栈对该数据包进行解析,以获取基站需要发送给UE的数据,其后,AP可以通过WiFi协议栈对该数据进行封装处理,并采用通过无线局域网通信方式,将该数据发送给UE,随后对该过程进行详细说明。For example, the AP obtains data from the base station and sends it to the user equipment. The AP can obtain the data packet from the base station through the GTP tunnel, and analyze the data packet through the GTP-U protocol stack to obtain the data that the base station needs to send to the UE. Afterwards, the AP can encapsulate the data through the WiFi protocol stack, and send the data to the UE through wireless local area network communication, and then describe the process in detail.

AP从用户设备获取数据并向基站发送为例,AP可以通过无线局域网通信方式接收UE发送的数据包,并通过WiFi协议栈对该数据包进行解析,以获取UE需要发给基站的数据,其后,AP可以通过GTP-U协议栈对该数据进行封装处理,并采用GTP通信方式将该数据发送给基站,随后对该过程进行详细说明。For example, the AP obtains data from the user equipment and sends it to the base station. The AP can receive the data packet sent by the UE through the wireless LAN communication method, and analyze the data packet through the WiFi protocol stack to obtain the data that the UE needs to send to the base station. Afterwards, the AP can encapsulate the data through the GTP-U protocol stack, and send the data to the base station by means of GTP communication, and the process will be described in detail later.

需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈的与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理;以及It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present invention, an adaptation layer is provided between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer is used to perform data processing on the second WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between a WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack; and

该WLAN AP通过该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与该基站之间传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:The WLAN AP transmits the target data of the user equipment between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the base station, including:

该WLAN AP将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备,或The WLAN AP inputs the data obtained from the base station into the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack into the second WLAN AP side protocol through the adaptation layer A data format that can be recognized by the stack, and transmit it to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and send the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment, or

该WLAN AP将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。The WLAN AP inputs the data obtained from the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack through the adaptation layer. The data format that the protocol stack can recognize is transmitted to the protocol stack on the first WLAN AP side, and the data output from the protocol stack on the first WLAN AP side is sent to the base station.

具体地说,如果数据在经过该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈时需要进行(例如,格式)转换,则可以根据该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的格式和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的格式,在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间,增加用于格式转换的适配层。例如,在下行时,该适配层可以将从GTP-U协议栈输出的数据的格式转换为WiFi协议栈能够进行处理的数据格式,在上行时,该适配层可以将从WiFi协议栈输出的数据的格式转换为GTP-U协议栈能够进行处理的数据格式。Specifically, if the data needs to be converted (for example, format) when passing through the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack can be For the format and the format of the data output by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, an adaptation layer for format conversion is added between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack. For example, during the downlink, the adaptation layer can convert the format of the data output from the GTP-U protocol stack into a data format that the WiFi protocol stack can process; The format of the data is converted into a data format that can be processed by the GTP-U protocol stack.

这样,通过设置适配层,能够确保数据在GTP-U协议栈与WiFi协议栈之间的格式转换,能够使GTP-U协议栈在AP中的配置更加灵活。In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, the format conversion of data between the GTP-U protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack can be ensured, and the configuration of the GTP-U protocol stack in the AP can be made more flexible.

在本发明实施例中,GTP-U协议栈可以设置在现有的AP中从而构成一种新的接入节点(具体连接方式如上所述)。In the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack can be set in an existing AP to form a new access node (the specific connection method is as described above).

另一方面,在本发明实施例中,GTP-U协议栈也可以设置在位于AP外部的网络实体,并通过光纤等与设置AP中的WiFi协议栈相连。On the other hand, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack can also be set in a network entity outside the AP, and connected to the WiFi protocol stack in the set AP through an optical fiber or the like.

并且,此情况下,多个AP可以共用设置在一个网络实体中的GTP-U协议栈。Also, in this case, multiple APs can share the GTP-U protocol stack set in one network entity.

这样,无需改造现有的AP,减少了在现有AP中设置GTP-U协议栈的改造作业,从而提高了本发明的实用性。In this way, there is no need to modify the existing AP, and the modification work of setting the GTP-U protocol stack in the existing AP is reduced, thereby improving the practicability of the present invention.

下面,对该用户设备UE中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。Next, the configuration structure of the protocol stack in the user equipment UE will be described.

可选地,该用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈,该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及Optionally, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, and the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, The second user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, wherein at least one protocol of the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack layers connected, and

该用户设备经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The user equipment transmits the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, including:

该用户设备通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。The user equipment transmits target data with the base station via the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack.

具体地说,该UE包括第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈。Specifically, the UE includes a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack.

作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈,可以列举用户设备协议栈(具体地说,是用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈),应理解,该用户设备协议栈仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,其他能够在用户设备侧实现基站与用户设备之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保护范围内。并且,上述基站与用户设备之间的通信包括能够行使基站功能的核心网接入节点与用户设备之间的通信,例如,能够与用户设备通信的中继节点(RN,Relay Node)与用户设备之间的通信。As the first user equipment side protocol stack, a user equipment protocol stack (specifically, a user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack) can be listed. It should be understood that the user equipment protocol stack is only an exemplary description, and the present invention does not Not limited thereto, other protocol stacks capable of implementing communication between the base station and the user equipment at the user equipment side fall within the protection scope of the present invention. In addition, the above-mentioned communication between the base station and the user equipment includes communication between a core network access node capable of performing base station functions and the user equipment, for example, a relay node (RN, Relay Node) capable of communicating with the user equipment and the user equipment communication between.

用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈主要包括分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层、无线链路控制RLC层、媒体接入控制MAC层和物理PHY层。PDCP层主要用于对信息进行压缩和解压缩/加密和解密;RLC层主要用于实现自动重传请求ARQ的相关功能,对信息进行分段和级联或对分段和级联的信息进行重组;MAC层主要用于对传输格式组合的选择,实现调度和混合自动重传请求HARQ的相关功能;PHY层主要用于为MAC层和高层提供信息传输的服务,根据选择的传输格式组合进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理。需要说明的是,由于第二用户设备侧协议栈的传输格式与用户设备协议栈的传输格式相异,因此编码调制处理或解调解码处理也相异,从而第二用户设备侧协议栈无需聚合在用户设备协议栈的PHY层。The user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack mainly includes a packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, a radio link control RLC layer, a media access control MAC layer and a physical PHY layer. The PDCP layer is mainly used to compress and decompress/encrypt and decrypt information; the RLC layer is mainly used to realize the related functions of automatic repeat request ARQ, segment and concatenate information or reorganize segment and concatenate information ;The MAC layer is mainly used to select the combination of transmission formats to realize the related functions of scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ; the PHY layer is mainly used to provide information transmission services for the MAC layer and higher layers, and encode according to the selected combination of transmission formats Modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing. It should be noted that since the transmission format of the second user equipment side protocol stack is different from the transmission format of the user equipment protocol stack, the encoding and modulation processing or demodulation and decoding processing are also different, so the second user equipment side protocol stack does not need to be aggregated In the PHY layer of the user equipment protocol stack.

作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈,可以使用WiFi协议栈的全部或部分协议层,其中,第二用户设备侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接聚合或直接连接在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上,或者,第二用户设备侧协议栈可以通过适配层聚合在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上,随后对该适配层的作用进行详细说明。As the second user equipment side protocol stack, all or part of the protocol layers of the WiFi protocol stack can be used, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack can be directly aggregated or directly connected to at least the first user equipment side protocol stack through an internal interface On one protocol layer, or, the second user equipment side protocol stack may be aggregated on at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack through an adaptation layer, and the function of the adaptation layer will be described in detail later.

在本发明实施例中,作为示例而非限定,该WiFi协议栈可以包括:逻辑链路控制LLC层、媒体访问控制MAC层、物理层PHY,其中,LLC层的主要功能是进行传输可靠性保障和控制、数据包分段与重组、数据包的顺序传输。MAC层的主要功能是为用户在不可靠媒介上提供可靠的数据传输,提供分布式协调功能、集中式控制访问机制、以及加密服务、侦听与回避、功率控制等。物理层主要功能是执行物理层汇聚流程,以将数据块映射到合适的物理帧格式,进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理等。In the embodiment of the present invention, as an example but not a limitation, the WiFi protocol stack may include: a logical link control LLC layer, a media access control MAC layer, and a physical layer PHY, wherein the main function of the LLC layer is to ensure transmission reliability and control, packet segmentation and reassembly, and sequential transmission of packets. The main function of the MAC layer is to provide users with reliable data transmission on unreliable media, provide distributed coordination functions, centralized control access mechanisms, and encryption services, interception and avoidance, power control, etc. The main function of the physical layer is to perform the aggregation process of the physical layer to map the data block to the appropriate physical frame format, and perform encoding and modulation processing or demodulation and decoding processing.

从而,在下行时,由于经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据需要经由第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层,能够将该数据的格式转换为UE能够读取的数据格式,即,经第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一侧的解封装处理(或者说,格式转换处理)后的数据格式。Therefore, during the downlink, since the data transmitted via the second user equipment side protocol stack needs to pass through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, the format of the data can be converted into a data format that can be read by the UE, that is, The data format after decapsulation processing (or format conversion processing) by at least one side of the first user equipment side protocol stack.

并且,在下行时,如果通过该第二用户设备侧协议栈和第一用户设备侧协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。Moreover, in the downlink, if data is transmitted through both the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack, at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack can be used to transmit data via the first user equipment side protocol stack. The data transmitted by the protocol stack on the device side is aggregated with the data transmitted via the protocol stack on the second user equipment side, and then the process will be described in detail.

并且,在上行时,如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。Moreover, in the uplink, if data is transmitted through both the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack can be used to transmit data via the first user equipment side protocol stack. The data transmitted by the protocol stack on the device side is distinguished from the data transmitted by the protocol stack on the second user equipment side and the data packet sequence number is set, and the process is described in detail later.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层包括以下至少一个协议层:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack includes at least one of the following protocol layers:

分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层、无线链路控制RLC层或媒体接入控制MAC层Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP layer, Radio Link Control RLC layer or Media Access Control MAC layer

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,可以使用WIFI协议栈的部分或全部协议层作为第二用户设备侧协议栈,并且,在本发明实施例中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈可以包括用户面协议栈,也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议栈,本发明并不特别限定。以下,以该第二用户设备侧协议栈为用户面协议栈(WIFI协议栈)为例进行说明,从而,例如,在使用用户设备协议栈作为第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下,该WIFI协议栈需要聚合在UE的用户面用户设备协议栈。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, part or all of the protocol layers of the WIFI protocol stack may be used as the second user equipment side protocol stack, and, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may include The user plane protocol stack may also include a user plane protocol stack and a control plane protocol stack, which are not particularly limited in the present invention. In the following, it will be described by taking the second user equipment side protocol stack as a user plane protocol stack (WIFI protocol stack) as an example. Therefore, for example, when using the user equipment protocol stack as the first user equipment side protocol stack, the WIFI The protocol stack needs to be aggregated in the user equipment protocol stack of the user plane of the UE.

因此,在本发明实施例中,可以使第二用户设备侧协议栈聚合在上述PDCP层、RLC层或MAC层中的任一协议层上。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may be aggregated on any one of the above PDCP layer, RLC layer or MAC layer.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,第二用户设备侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接连接在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层上。具体地说,如果在基站与AP之间传输的数据在经过该第二用户设备侧协议栈和该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层时无需进行(例如,格式)转换,则可以将该第二用户设备侧协议栈直接连接在第一用户设备侧协议栈中的至少一个协议层上。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may be directly connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack through an internal interface. Specifically, if the data transmitted between the base station and the AP does not need to perform (for example, format) conversion when passing through at least one protocol layer of the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack, then it may The second user equipment side protocol stack is directly connected to at least one protocol layer in the first user equipment side protocol stack.

在以WIFI协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈,以用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下,作为示例而非限定,例如,如图3a所示,可以将该WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的PDCP层。再例如,如图3b所示,可以将该WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的RLC层。再例如,如图3c所示,可以将该WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的MAC层。In the case where the user plane protocol stack of the WIFI protocol stack is used as the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack is used as the first user equipment side protocol stack, as an example rather than limitation, for example , as shown in FIG. 3a, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated at the PDCP layer of the user equipment protocol stack. For another example, as shown in FIG. 3b, the WIFI protocol stack may be aggregated at the RLC layer of the user equipment protocol stack. For another example, as shown in FIG. 3c, the WIFI protocol stack may be aggregated in the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data among all the data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack for this reordering layer, and

该用户设备经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The user equipment transmits the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, including:

该用户设备通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并重排序层生成第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置;The user equipment determines the position of the uplink target data in the target data among all the uplink data on the bearer through the reordering layer, and the reordering layer generates second position indicating information, and the second position indicating information is used to indicate the uplink The location of the target data in all uplink data on the bearer;

该用户设备向该WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置。The user equipment sends the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station determines the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer according to the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.

并且,该用户设备向该WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息,包括:And, the user equipment sends the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, including:

该用户设备通过该重排序层,将该第二位置指示信息与该上行目标数据封装于同一数据包内而发送给该WLAN AP。The user equipment encapsulates the second location indication information and the uplink target data in the same data packet and sends it to the WLAN AP through the reordering layer.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data among all the data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack for this reordering layer, and

该用户设备经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The user equipment transmits the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, including:

该用户设备通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置;The user equipment acquires first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, where the first location indication information is used to indicate the location of the downlink target data in the target data among all the downlink data on the bearer;

该用户设备根据该第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。The user equipment determines the position of the downlink target data in all the downlink data on the bearer according to the first position indication information, the first position indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.

并且,该用户设备通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,包括:And, the user equipment obtains the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, including:

该用户设备通过该重排序层,从封装有该下行目标数据的数据包内,获取该第一位置指示信息The user equipment obtains the first location indication information from the data packet encapsulated with the downlink target data through the reordering layer

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,除了用户设备协议栈的全部协议栈(包括上述PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层)外,第一用户设备侧协议栈还可以另设一个协议层(重排序层),以将经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据转换为现有的用户设备能够读取的数据格式。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, in addition to the entire protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack (including the above-mentioned PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer), the first user equipment side protocol stack can also set another protocol stack layer (reordering layer), to convert the data transmitted through the second user equipment side protocol stack into a data format that can be read by the existing user equipment.

在下行时,如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该重排序层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合(或者说,确认各数据的承载,以根据承载进行排序),随后,对该过程进行详细说明。In the downlink, if data is transmitted through both the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the reordering layer can be used to compare the data transmitted through the first user equipment side protocol stack and the data transmitted through the second user equipment side protocol stack. The data transmitted by the protocol stack on the user equipment side is aggregated (or in other words, the bearer of each data is confirmed, so as to sort according to the bearer), and then the process is described in detail.

在上行时,如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该重排序层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。In the uplink, if data is transmitted through both the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the data transmitted through the first user equipment side protocol stack and the data transmitted through the second user equipment side protocol stack can be separated through the reordering layer. The data transmitted by the protocol stack on the user equipment side is distinguished by bearer and the serial number of the data packet is set, and then the process is described in detail.

在以WIFI协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈,以用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下,作为示例而非限定,例如,如图3d所示,可以将该WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的重排序层。In the case where the user plane protocol stack of the WIFI protocol stack is used as the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack is used as the first user equipment side protocol stack, as an example rather than limitation, for example , as shown in Figure 3d, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated in the reordering layer of the user equipment protocol stack.

以UE向AP发送数据为例,UE可以通过该用户设备协议栈的至少一协议层和WIFI协议栈对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据以WIFI通信方式发送给AP,其后,AP可以将该数据发送给基站,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the UE sending data to the AP as an example, the UE can process the data through at least one protocol layer of the user equipment protocol stack and the WIFI protocol stack, and send the processed data to the AP through WIFI communication. After that, the AP This data can be sent to the base station, and the process is described in detail later.

以UE接收AP发送的数据为例,UE可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式接收AP发送的数据包,并且,可以通过该WIFI协议栈和用户设备协议栈的至少一协议层对该数据包进行处理,以获取基站通过AP发送给UE的数据,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the UE receiving the data sent by the AP as an example, the UE can receive the data packet sent by the AP through wireless local area network communication, and can process the data packet through at least one protocol layer of the WIFI protocol stack and the user equipment protocol stack, In order to obtain the data sent by the base station to the UE through the AP, the process will be described in detail later.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈之间的转换处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连;以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to perform data transfer between at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. conversion processing between the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack are connected through the adaptation layer; and

该用户设备经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The user equipment transmits the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, including:

该用户设备将上行目标数据输入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该WLAN AP,以通过该WLAN AP发送给该基站,或The user equipment inputs the uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack through the adaptation layer It is a data format that can be recognized by the second user equipment side protocol stack, and is transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack is sent to the WLAN AP to pass through the WLAN AP sends to the base station, or

该用户设备将从该WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,以获取下行目标数据。The user equipment inputs the data obtained from the WLAN AP into the second user equipment side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack into the first user equipment through the adaptation layer A data format that can be recognized by at least one protocol layer of the protocol stack on the side of the first user equipment is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the protocol stack on the first user equipment side to obtain downlink target data.

具体地说,如图1所示,如果在UE与AP之间传输的数据在经过该第二用户设备侧协议栈和该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层时需要进行(例如,格式)转换,则可以根据该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的格式和第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的格式,在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与第二用户设备侧协议栈之间,增加用于格式转换的适配层(适配层),例如,作为示例而非限定,如果WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的PDCP层上,则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在PDCP层与WIFI协议栈之间的格式转换处理。应理解,以上列举的连接方式仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此。如果WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的RLC层上,则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在RLC层与WIFI协议栈之间的格式转换处理。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, if the data transmitted between the UE and the AP needs to be performed when passing through at least one protocol layer of the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack (for example, Format) conversion, then according to the format of the data output by at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the format of the data output by the second user equipment side protocol stack, in at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack Between a protocol layer and the second user equipment side protocol stack, an adaptation layer (adaptation layer) for format conversion is added, for example, as an example rather than limitation, if the WIFI protocol stack is aggregated at the PDCP layer of the user equipment protocol stack above, the adaptation layer can be used to perform format conversion processing on the data between the PDCP layer and the WIFI protocol stack. It should be understood that the connection manners listed above are only illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. If the WIFI protocol stack is aggregated on the RLC layer of the user equipment protocol stack, the adaptation layer can be used to convert data between the RLC layer and the WIFI protocol stack.

以UE向AP发送数据为例,UE可以通过该用户设备协议栈的至少一协议层、适配层和WIFI协议栈对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据以WIFI通信方式发送给AP,其后,AP可以将该数据发送给基站,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the UE sending data to the AP as an example, the UE can process the data through at least one protocol layer, the adaptation layer, and the WIFI protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, and send the processed data to the AP through WIFI communication. Thereafter, the AP can send the data to the base station, and the process will be described in detail later.

以UE接收AP发送的数据为例,UE可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式接收AP发送的数据包,并且,可以通过该WIFI协议栈、适配层和用户设备协议栈的至少一协议层对该数据包进行处理,以获取基站通过AP发送给UE的数据,随后对该过程进行详细说明。Taking the UE receiving the data sent by the AP as an example, the UE can receive the data packet sent by the AP through wireless local area network communication, and can pass the WIFI protocol stack, the adaptation layer, and at least one protocol layer of the user equipment protocol stack to the data packet. The packet is processed to obtain the data sent by the base station to the UE through the AP, and the process will be described in detail later.

这样,通过设置适配层,能够确保数据在WIFI协议栈与用户设备协议栈之间的转换,能够使WIFI协议栈在UE中的配置更加灵活。In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, data conversion between the WIFI protocol stack and the user equipment protocol stack can be ensured, and the configuration of the WIFI protocol stack in the UE can be made more flexible.

下面,对基站在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传输时的动作进行说明。Next, the operation of the base station when performing data transmission according to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.

图4示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法100的示意性流程图,该方法100由通信系统中的基站执行,该通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点WLAN AP和用户设备,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 100 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 100 is executed by a base station in a communication system, and the communication system further includes a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP and a user equipment. A bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is provided between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes:

S110,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;S110. Determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

S120,根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。S120. According to the channel bandwidth, transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

根据本发明的传输数据的方法,该基站确定用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,根据该信道带宽确定需要通过该WLAN AP传输的该目标用户设备的目标数据;该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈,对下行目标数据进行封装处理,以生成第一数据包,通过第一GTP隧道向该WLAN AP发送该第一数据包,以便于该目标用户设备通过用于无线局域网通信的第一载波,接收该WLAN AP发送该第二数据包,该第二数据包是该WLAN AP对该第一数据包进行处理后生成并发送的,该下行目标数据是该至少一个承载上的全部或部分下行数据;和/或该基站通过第二GTP隧道接收该WLAN AP发送的第三数据包,通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈,对该第三数据包进行解封装处理,以获取上行目标数据,其中,该第三数据包是该WLAN AP对第四数据包进行处理后生成并发送的,该第四数据包是该目标用户设备对该上行目标数据进行封装处理后生成,并通过用于无线局域网通信的第二载波发送给该WLANAP的,该上行目标数据是该至少一个承载上的全部或部分上行数据。According to the data transmission method of the present invention, the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and determines the target data of the target user equipment that needs to be transmitted through the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth; At least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack perform encapsulation processing on the downlink target data to generate a first data packet, and send the first data packet to the WLAN AP through the first GTP tunnel , so that the target user equipment receives the second data packet sent by the WLAN AP through the first carrier used for wireless local area network communication, and the second data packet is generated and sent by the WLAN AP after processing the first data packet The downlink target data is all or part of the downlink data on the at least one bearer; and/or the base station receives the third data packet sent by the WLAN AP through the second GTP tunnel, and passes at least the first base station side protocol stack A protocol layer and a second base station side protocol stack decapsulate the third data packet to obtain uplink target data, wherein the third data packet is generated and sent after the WLAN AP processes the fourth data packet The fourth data packet is generated by the target user equipment after encapsulating the uplink target data, and is sent to the WLANAP through the second carrier used for wireless local area network communication, the uplink target data is the at least one bearer All or part of the uplink data.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,目标用户设备可以接入基站,并通过该基站接入网络侧(例如,EPC),基站与网络侧的网关设备(例如,PDN-GW)之间通过承载(例如,演进分组系统(EPS,Evolved Packet System)承载)传输目标用户设备的数据(包括上行数据和下行数据),目标用户设备和基站之间可以使用系统提供的时频资源,通过空口进行数据传输,上述过程和实现方法可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target user equipment can access the base station, and access the network side (for example, EPC) through the base station, and the gateway device (for example, PDN-GW) on the network side between the base station and the network side through Bearer (for example, Evolved Packet System (EPS, Evolved Packet System) bearer) transmits the data (including uplink data and downlink data) of the target user equipment, and the time-frequency resources provided by the system can be used between the target user equipment and the base station through the air interface. Data transmission, the above process and implementation method may be the same as or similar to the prior art, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted.

S110,基站可以确定是否需要对该目标用户的数据传输进行分流,即,通过AP传输该目标用户的数据的全部或部分。S110, the base station may determine whether to offload the data transmission of the target user, that is, transmit all or part of the data of the target user through the AP.

在本发明实施例中,基站可以在满足激活条件的情况下,激活第二基站侧协议栈而执行上述分流的相关流程。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may activate the second base station side protocol stack to perform the above offloading-related processes when the activation condition is satisfied.

下面,作为示例而非限定,对上述激活条件进行说明。In the following, the above activation conditions will be described as an example rather than a limitation.

条件1,基站可以监测系统提供的用于传输(接入该基站的多个用户设备的)数据的载波,如果下行载波的负载与容量的比值超过一定阈值(例如,1)即下行载波的容量不能满足需求,或上行载波的负载与容量的比值超过一定阈值(例如,1)即上行载波的容量不能满足需求,则可以确定满足上述激活条件。Condition 1, the base station can monitor the carrier provided by the system for transmitting data (of multiple user equipments accessing the base station), if the ratio of the load to capacity of the downlink carrier exceeds a certain threshold (for example, 1), that is, the capacity of the downlink carrier If the requirement cannot be met, or the ratio of the load to capacity of the uplink carrier exceeds a certain threshold (for example, 1), that is, the capacity of the uplink carrier cannot meet the requirement, it can be determined that the above activation condition is met.

条件2,目标用户设备可以请求基站对其数据进行分流,基站可以根据该请求立即激活第二基站侧协议栈而执行分流的相关流程,或者,基站也可以根据该请求,判定是否满足上述条件1,并在满足上述条件1的情况下,激活第二基站侧协议栈而执行分流的相关流程。Condition 2: The target user equipment can request the base station to offload its data, and the base station can immediately activate the protocol stack on the second base station side according to the request to perform offload-related procedures, or the base station can also determine whether the above condition 1 is satisfied according to the request , and when the above condition 1 is met, the protocol stack on the second base station side is activated to execute a related process of offloading.

应理解,以上列举的激活条件、用于判定激活条件的参数及其阈值仅为本发明的一个示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此。It should be understood that the activation conditions listed above, the parameters used to determine the activation conditions and their thresholds are only an exemplary description of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

在确定需要对目标用户设备的数据进行分流后,基站可以确定需要分流的分流量。即,基站可以确定目标用户设备与AP之间的无线局域网通信所使用的信道带宽(或者说,目标用户设备与AP之间的无线局域网通信的最高传输速率),例如,可以使分流的流量小于等于如上所述确定的信道带宽。After determining that the data of the target user equipment needs to be offloaded, the base station can determine the offloaded amount that needs to be offloaded. That is, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth used by the wireless local area network communication between the target user equipment and the AP (or in other words, the highest transmission rate of the wireless local area network communication between the target user equipment and the AP), for example, can make the offloaded traffic less than Equal to the channel bandwidth determined above.

在本发明实施例中,该信道带宽可以是目标用户与AP协商后确定并上报给基站的(即,情况A),或者,该信道带宽也可以是基站根据目标用户的通信能力以及AP的通信能力确定的(即,情况B),下面,分别对以上两种情况的动作及流程进行说明。In the embodiment of the present invention, the channel bandwidth may be determined after negotiation between the target user and the AP and reported to the base station (that is, case A), or the channel bandwidth may be determined by the base station according to the communication capabilities of the target user and the communication of the AP. When the capability is determined (ie, case B), the actions and processes of the above two cases will be described below respectively.

情况ACase A

可选地,该确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,包括:Optionally, determining the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP includes:

接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽,该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该WLAN AP协商后确定的;receiving the first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the channel bandwidth is determined by the Determined after negotiation between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。According to the first channel bandwidth indication information, determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

在本发明实施例中,由于信道带宽是通过目标用户与AP协商后确定的,因此,目标用户与AP双方均可以获知该信道带宽,从而,该信道带宽可以由目标用户与AP中的任一方通知给基站,本发明并未特别限定,为了便于理解和描述,以下,以用户设备向基站通知该信道带宽为例,进行说明。In the embodiment of the present invention, since the channel bandwidth is determined after negotiation between the target user and the AP, both the target user and the AP can know the channel bandwidth, so that the channel bandwidth can be determined by any party in the target user and the AP. Notifying the base station is not particularly limited in the present invention. For the convenience of understanding and description, the following uses an example in which the user equipment notifies the base station of the channel bandwidth to be described.

另外,在本发明实施例中,UE与AP之间的无线局域网通信可以使用现有的各种版本通信,例如,802.11a/b/g版本、802.11n版本或802.11ac版本。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless local area network communication between the UE and the AP may use various existing communication versions, for example, 802.11a/b/g version, 802.11n version or 802.11ac version.

例如,在802.11n版本(无线局域网通信的一例)中,可使用20兆赫兹(MHz)及40MHz的信道带宽,40MHz信道由两个相邻的20MHz信道组成,以达到更高的传输数据速率。并且,AP在使用40MHz信道之前,需要确定该两个相邻的20MHz信道没有被其他通信设备(例如,其他AP或蓝牙通信设备等)使用。For example, in the 802.11n version (an example of WLAN communication), channel bandwidths of 20 megahertz (MHz) and 40 MHz are available, and a 40 MHz channel consists of two adjacent 20 MHz channels to achieve higher transmission data rates. Moreover, before using the 40MHz channel, the AP needs to determine that the two adjacent 20MHz channels are not used by other communication devices (for example, other APs or Bluetooth communication devices, etc.).

802.11n版本中定义了三种通信模式:Three communication modes are defined in the 802.11n version:

高吞吐量(HT,High Throughput)模式:AP和UE能够支持利用802.11n版本,能够实现高吞吐量。High Throughput (HT, High Throughput) mode: AP and UE can support the use of 802.11n version, and can achieve high throughput.

非高吞吐量(Non-HT,Non-High Throughput)模式:AP和UE不支持802.11n版本,而使用如802.11a/b/g等版本,无法支持高吞吐量。Non-High Throughput (Non-HT, Non-High Throughput) mode: APs and UEs do not support 802.11n version, but versions such as 802.11a/b/g cannot support high throughput.

混合高吞吐量(HT Mixed,High Throughput Mixed)模式:AP和UE可以同时支持802.11n和如802.11a/b/g等版本。Mixed high throughput (HT Mixed, High Throughput Mixed) mode: AP and UE can support 802.11n and versions such as 802.11a/b/g at the same time.

具有HT能力(或者说,支持802.11n版本)的UE,可以通过HT能力(Capabilities)信元向AP声明其HT能力,例如,是否支持40MHz带宽操作,是否能够容忍40MHz带宽,支持的调制与编码策略(MCS,Modulation and Coding Scheme)类型,是否支持多入多出等,AP可根据UE的HT能力决定UE的操作模式等。A UE with HT capability (or support 802.11n version) can declare its HT capability to the AP through the HT Capabilities (Capabilities) information element, for example, whether it supports 40MHz bandwidth operation, whether it can tolerate 40MHz bandwidth, supported modulation and coding Policy (MCS, Modulation and Coding Scheme) type, whether to support multiple inputs and multiple outputs, etc., the AP can determine the operation mode of the UE according to the HT capability of the UE.

以下,为了便于理解和说明,以UE与AP之间的通信版本为802.11n为例,进行说明。In the following, for ease of understanding and description, the communication version between the UE and the AP is 802.11n as an example for description.

在本发明实施例中,基站可通过例如,无线资源控制(RRC,Radio ResourceControl)专用信令或者系统广播信令指示UE和WLAN AP协商操作模式。UE与AP之间协商并确定信道带宽的过程可以在UE接入AP时进行,此情况下,例如,eNB可以将WLAN AP的基本服务集标识符(BSSID,Basic Service Set Identifier)或者服务集标识(SSID,Service SetIdentifier)给UE,从而,UE可以根据该BSSID或SSID确定并接入该AP。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may instruct the UE and the WLAN AP to negotiate an operation mode through, for example, radio resource control (RRC, Radio Resource Control) dedicated signaling or system broadcast signaling. The process of negotiating and determining the channel bandwidth between the UE and the AP can be performed when the UE accesses the AP. In this case, for example, the eNB can use the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID, Basic Service Set Identifier) or service set identifier of the WLAN AP (SSID, Service SetIdentifier) to the UE, so that the UE can determine and access the AP according to the BSSID or SSID.

在本发明实施例中,例如,对于被动扫描的UE,可以向AP发送探测请求消息(ProbeRequest)或关联请求消息(Association Request),并且,上述消息中可以携带以下信息:In this embodiment of the present invention, for example, for a passive scanning UE, a Probe Request message (ProbeRequest) or an Association Request message (Association Request) may be sent to the AP, and the above message may carry the following information:

高吞吐量能力信息(HT Capabilities);High throughput capability information (HT Capabilities);

20/40基本服务集共存(20/40BSS Coexistence)。20/40 Basic Service Set Coexistence (20/40BSS Coexistence).

其中,20/40BSS Coexistence可以包含以下信元:Among them, 20/40BSS Coexistence can contain the following cells:

信息请求信元(Information Request),用于指示该UE是否请求20/40基本服务集共存管理帧(20/40BSS Coexistence Management Frame);An information request information element (Information Request), used to indicate whether the UE requests a 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management Frame (20/40BSS Coexistence Management Frame);

40MHz容忍指示(40MHz Intolerant),用于指示该UE是否阻止20/40MHz操作,需要说明的是,该指示用于基本服务集间(inter-BSS)的通信的场景;40MHz tolerance indication (40MHz Intolerant), which is used to indicate whether the UE prevents 20/40MHz operation. It should be noted that this indication is used in the communication scenario of the basic service set (inter-BSS);

20MHz带宽请求(20MHz BSS Width Request),用于指示UE是否请求通过20MHz的信道带宽进行通信。A 20MHz BSS Width Request (20MHz BSS Width Request) is used to indicate whether the UE requests to communicate through a channel bandwidth of 20MHz.

重叠基本服务集扫描请求(Overlapping Basic Service Set ScanningExemption Request),用于指示该UE是否请求重叠基本服务集扫描。Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Request (Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Request), used to indicate whether the UE requests overlapping basic service set scanning.

重叠基本服务集扫描允许(Overlapping Basic Service Set ScanningExemption Grant),用于指示该UE是否允许重叠基本服务集扫描。Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Grant (Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Grant), used to indicate whether the UE allows overlapping basic service set scanning.

应理解,以上列举的20/40BSS Coexistence所包含的信元仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,本发明的20/40BSS Coexistence可以与现有技术中20/40BSSCoexistence同样,包含的其各种信元。It should be understood that the information elements contained in the 20/40BSS Coexistence listed above are only illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Various cells.

HT Capabilities可以包含以下信元:HT Capabilities can contain the following information elements:

支持的信道带宽操作(Supported Channel Width Set),用于指示该UE支持接收和发送40MHz物理层协议数据单元(PPDU,Physical Layer Convergence Procedureprotocol data unit)或,仅支持接收和发送40MHz PPDU;The supported channel bandwidth operation (Supported Channel Width Set) is used to indicate that the UE supports receiving and sending 40MHz physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU, Physical Layer Convergence Procedure protocol data unit) or only supports receiving and sending 40MHz PPDU;

空分复用省电模式(SM Power Save,Spatial Multiplexing Power Save),用于指示该UE是否支持空分复用的省电模式;Spatial Multiplexing Power Save (SM Power Save, Spatial Multiplexing Power Save), used to indicate whether the UE supports the power saving mode of spatial multiplexing;

20MHz保护间隔(Short Guard Interval for20MHz,),用于指示该UE是否支持20MHz下的保护间隔;20MHz guard interval (Short Guard Interval for20MHz,), used to indicate whether the UE supports the guard interval under 20MHz;

40MHz保护间隔(Short Guard Interval for40MHz,),用于指示该UE是否支持40MHz下的保护间隔;40MHz guard interval (Short Guard Interval for40MHz,), used to indicate whether the UE supports the guard interval under 40MHz;

支持的MCS类型(Supported MCS Set),用于指示该UE所支持的MCS类型;The supported MCS type (Supported MCS Set), used to indicate the MCS type supported by the UE;

HT扩展能力(HT Extended Capabilities),用于指示该UE的扩展的HT能力。HT Extended Capabilities (HT Extended Capabilities), used to indicate the extended HT capabilities of the UE.

应理解,以上列举的HT Capabilities所包含的信元仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,本发明的HT Capabilities可以与现有技术中HT Capabilities同样,包含的其各种信元。It should be understood that the information elements contained in the HT Capabilities listed above are only illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. The HT Capabilities of the present invention may contain various information elements similar to the HT Capabilities in the prior art.

AP接收到UE发送的Probe Request或Association Request后,根据上述HTCapabilities和20/40BSS Coexistence确定并下发针对该UE的探测响应消息(ProbeResponse)或关联响应(Association Response)消息,After receiving the Probe Request or Association Request sent by the UE, the AP determines and sends the Probe Response or Association Response message for the UE according to the above HTCapabilities and 20/40BSS Coexistence,

例如,当下述判定条件满足时,AP可以确定与UE之间的通信可以使用20/40MHz通信模式:For example, when the following determination conditions are met, the AP can determine that the communication with the UE can use the 20/40MHz communication mode:

a.AP和UE均能够支持20/40MHz通信模式,或者说,AP和UE的HT Capabilities中的Supported Channel Width Set均指示为支持接收和发送40MHz PPDU(例如,SupportedChannel Width Set设置为非0值);a. Both the AP and the UE can support the 20/40MHz communication mode, or in other words, the Supported Channel Width Set in the HT Capabilities of the AP and the UE indicates that it supports receiving and sending 40MHz PPDU (for example, the SupportedChannel Width Set is set to a non-zero value) ;

b.无线通信系统内存在有效的辅载波(例如,未被其他AP占用),或者说,HTOperation中的Secondary Channel Offset能够指示有效的辅载。b. There is a valid secondary carrier in the wireless communication system (for example, not occupied by other APs), or in other words, the Secondary Channel Offset in the HTOperation can indicate a valid secondary carrier.

应理解,以上列举的判定条件仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,其他能够用于确定AP和UE之间通信的信道带宽的方法均落入本发明的保护范围内。It should be understood that the determination conditions listed above are only illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and other methods that can be used to determine the channel bandwidth for communication between the AP and the UE fall within the protection scope of the present invention.

并且,Probe Response或Association Response中包含以下信息:And, Probe Response or Association Response contains the following information:

HT Capabilities;HT Capabilities;

HT操作(HT Operation);HT Operation (HT Operation);

20/40BSS Coexistence;20/40BSS Coexistence;

Overlapping BSS Scan Parameters;Overlapping BSS Scan Parameters;

Extended Capabilities;Extended Capabilities;

其中,上述HT Capabilities、20/40BSS Coexistence和Extended Capabilities的作用与Probe Request或Association Request中的HT Capabilities、20/40BSSCoexistence和Extended Capabilities的作用相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。Among them, the functions of the above-mentioned HT Capabilities, 20/40BSS Coexistence and Extended Capabilities are similar to those of the HT Capabilities, 20/40BSS Coexistence and Extended Capabilities in the Probe Request or Association Request, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, their descriptions are omitted.

并且,HT Operation包括以下信元:And, HT Operation includes the following information elements:

主信道的信道号(Primary Channel),用于指示AP确定的主信道;The channel number of the primary channel (Primary Channel), which is used to indicate the primary channel determined by the AP;

辅信道偏移(Secondary Channel Offset),用于指示辅信道相对于主信道的偏移;Secondary Channel Offset (Secondary Channel Offset), used to indicate the offset of the secondary channel relative to the main channel;

信道带宽(Channel Width)用于指示UE能够使用的信道带宽为20MHz带宽还是40MHz带宽,或者说,UE仅能够使用主信道还是主信道与辅信道双方。The channel width (Channel Width) is used to indicate whether the channel bandwidth that the UE can use is 20MHz bandwidth or 40MHz bandwidth, or in other words, the UE can only use the main channel or both the main channel and the auxiliary channel.

从而,UE将获取到的HT Operation(第一信道带宽指示信息的一例)上报给基站。基站可以根据该HT Operation(具体地说,是Channel Width),确定UE与AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。Therefore, the UE reports the acquired HT Operation (an example of the first channel bandwidth indication information) to the base station. The base station can determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the UE and the AP according to the HT Operation (specifically, Channel Width).

应理解,以上列举的第一信道带宽指示信息的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,例如,UE根据获取到的HT Operation参数评估最大传输速率,例如,如果Channel Width指示的可以使用的信道带宽为40MHz,则可以确定最大传输速率为40Mbps,并且,可以将该最大传输速率(第一信道带宽指示信息的另一例)上报给基站。并且,该最大传输速率,可以是一个绝对值,如40Mbps,也可以是相对值,例如,可以设置低、中、高三个门限,并且,如果该最大速率超过“高”门限所对应的速率值,则向基站发送该“高”门限所对应的速率值。It should be understood that the specific content of the first channel bandwidth indication information listed above is only exemplary, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the UE evaluates the maximum transmission rate according to the acquired HT Operation parameter. For example, if the Channel Width indicates If the usable channel bandwidth is 40 MHz, it can be determined that the maximum transmission rate is 40 Mbps, and the maximum transmission rate (another example of the first channel bandwidth indication information) can be reported to the base station. Moreover, the maximum transmission rate can be an absolute value, such as 40Mbps, or a relative value, for example, three thresholds of low, medium and high can be set, and if the maximum rate exceeds the rate value corresponding to the "high" threshold , then send the rate value corresponding to the "high" threshold to the base station.

由此,基站可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽(或者,通信模式)。Thus, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth (or communication mode) for communication between the UE and the AP.

情况BCase B

可选地,该确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,包括:Optionally, determining the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP includes:

接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;receiving the first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;

接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;receiving second capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;

根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。According to the first capability information and the second capability information, determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

具体地说,例如,在UE接入AP之前,UE可以向基站发送上述HT Capabilities(第一能力信息的一例),并且,AP可以向基站发送上述HT Capabilities(第二能力信息的一例)从而,基站可以根据UE发送的HT Capabilities和AP发送的HT Capabilities,确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽,例如,如果UE与AP均支持接收和发送40MHz PPDU,则AP可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为20MHz以上,例如40MHz。再例如,如果AP支持接收和发送40MHzPPDU,但UE不支持接收和发送40MHz PPDU而仅支持接收和发送20MHz PPDU,则AP可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为20MHz以下。Specifically, for example, before the UE accesses the AP, the UE may send the above-mentioned HT Capabilities (an example of the first capability information) to the base station, and the AP may send the above-mentioned HT Capabilities (an example of the second capability information) to the base station, so that, The base station can determine the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP according to the HT Capabilities sent by the UE and the HT Capabilities sent by the AP. For example, if both the UE and the AP support receiving and sending 40MHz PPDUs, the AP can determine the communication between the UE and the AP. The channel bandwidth is above 20MHz, such as 40MHz. For another example, if the AP supports receiving and sending 40MHz PPDUs, but the UE does not support receiving and sending 40MHz PPDUs but only supports receiving and sending 20MHz PPDUs, the AP can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is below 20MHz.

应理解,以上列举的作为第一能力信息和第二能力信息的HT Capabilities仅为示例性说明,本发明并不限定于此,其他能够指示UE和AP能够支持的信道带宽的信息均落入本发明的保护范围内,例如,也可以仅选取HT Capabilities中的Supported ChannelWidth Set作为第一能力信息和第二能力信息。It should be understood that the HT Capabilities listed above as the first capability information and the second capability information are only exemplary descriptions, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and other information that can indicate the channel bandwidths that the UE and the AP can support all fall within this scope. Within the protection scope of the invention, for example, only the Supported ChannelWidth Set in HT Capabilities may be selected as the first capability information and the second capability information.

由此,基站可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽(或者,通信模式)。Thus, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth (or communication mode) for communication between the UE and the AP.

在S120,基站可以确定分流流量。At S120, the base station may determine offloaded traffic.

可选地,该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, according to the channel bandwidth, the transmission of the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel includes:

根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,其中,该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据;Determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of the downlink data on the bearer;

经由该GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。Sending the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.

具体地说,在下行时(即,基站从网关设备获取数据并下发给UE),基站可以直接根据在S110中确定的信道带宽,确定下行的分流流量(即,下行目标数据)。例如,基站可以预先确定各分流流量与各信道带宽(或者,通信模式)之间的映射关系,如果UE和AP可以工作在20/40MHz的通信模式(即,高吞吐量通信模式)下,基站可以查找该映射关系中高吞吐量通信模式的通信模式所对应的分流流量。当然,高吞吐量通信模式的通信模式所对应的分流流量可以远大于非高吞吐量通信模式所对应的分流流量。Specifically, during downlink (that is, the base station obtains data from the gateway device and sends it to the UE), the base station can directly determine the downlink offload traffic (that is, downlink target data) according to the channel bandwidth determined in S110. For example, the base station may pre-determine the mapping relationship between each offloaded traffic and each channel bandwidth (or communication mode). The offload traffic corresponding to the communication mode of the high-throughput communication mode in the mapping relationship may be searched. Certainly, the offload traffic corresponding to the communication mode of the high throughput communication mode may be much larger than the offload traffic corresponding to the non-high throughput communication mode.

可选地,该经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, the transmission of target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel includes:

向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;Sending second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment can information to determine uplink target data, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

经由该GTP隧道,接收该WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该WLAN AP的。Receive the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.

具体地说,例如,在上述情况B中,由于UE尚未接入AP,因此,UE和AP双方均未确定彼此之间通信的信道带宽,此情况下,基站可以将在S110中确定的信道带宽下发给UE,从而UE可以根据该信道带宽,确定上行(UE经由基站而向网关设备发送数据)的分流流量(上行目标数据)。例如,如果基站指示的信道带宽为40MHz,则UE可以使分流流量较大。再例如,如果基站指示的信道带宽为20MHz,则UE可以使分流流量较小。当然,信道带宽为40MHz时的分流流量可以远大于信道带宽为20MHz时的分流流量。Specifically, for example, in the above case B, since the UE has not yet accessed the AP, neither the UE nor the AP has determined the channel bandwidth for communication between each other. In this case, the base station may use the channel bandwidth determined in S110 It is issued to the UE, so that the UE can determine the uplink offload traffic (uplink target data) (the UE sends data to the gateway device via the base station) according to the channel bandwidth. For example, if the channel bandwidth indicated by the base station is 40 MHz, the UE can increase the offload traffic. For another example, if the channel bandwidth indicated by the base station is 20MHz, the UE may reduce the offload traffic. Certainly, the offload traffic when the channel bandwidth is 40 MHz may be much larger than that when the channel bandwidth is 20 MHz.

另外,在UE与AP的通信过程中,存在辅信道被其他AP等占用而导致无法继续在高吞吐量通信模式下通信的情况,或者,存在AP发现能够使用的辅信道(未被其他AP等占用)而能够切换至高吞吐量通信模式下通信的情况,此情况下,UE可以接收AP发送的变更后的HT Operation,确定信道带宽发生变化,并且,可以将变化后的信道带宽通知基站,从而,基站可以根据变化后的信道带宽,重新确定分流流量。In addition, during the communication process between the UE and the AP, there are cases where the auxiliary channel is occupied by other APs, etc., resulting in the inability to continue communication in the high-throughput communication mode, or the AP finds that the auxiliary channel that can be used (not used by other APs, etc. Occupied) and can be switched to communication in the high-throughput communication mode, in this case, the UE can receive the changed HT Operation sent by the AP, determine that the channel bandwidth has changed, and can notify the base station of the changed channel bandwidth, thereby , the base station can re-determine offloaded traffic according to the changed channel bandwidth.

可选地,该方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:

接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间;以及Receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and the time when the switching is completed; and

该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:According to the channel bandwidth, the transmission of target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel includes:

根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。According to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information, target data is transmitted with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel.

具体地说,例如,当AP检测到当前使用的辅信道与其他AP的主信道重叠时,存在AP需要将当前辅助信道切换至一个新的操作信道的情况。此情况下,AP可以在例如,信标帧(Beacon)、探侦响应(Probe Response)、信道切换通知(Channel Switch Announcement)等消息中携带Channel Switch Announcement,以通知UE正在切换信道。该Channel SwitchAnnouncement可以包括以下信元:Specifically, for example, when the AP detects that the currently used auxiliary channel overlaps with the main channel of other APs, there is a situation where the AP needs to switch the current auxiliary channel to a new operating channel. In this case, the AP may carry the Channel Switch Announcement in messages such as Beacon, Probe Response, and Channel Switch Announcement to notify the UE that the channel is being switched. The Channel SwitchAnnouncement may include the following information elements:

信道切换模式(Channel Switch Mode),用于指示UE是否能在信道切换中继续传输数据;Channel Switch Mode (Channel Switch Mode), used to indicate whether the UE can continue to transmit data during channel switching;

新信道号(New Channel Number),用于指示将要切换至的信道号;New Channel Number (New Channel Number), used to indicate the channel number to be switched to;

信道切换计数(Channel Switch Count),用于指示切换到新信道成功前的时间。Channel Switch Count (Channel Switch Count), used to indicate the time before switching to a new channel successfully.

从而,UE或AP可以通过,例如RRC专用消息将信道Channel Switch Announcement里面的相关参数(信道切换指示信息的一例)发送给基站,从而,基站可以根据ChannelSwitch Conut来评估UE和AP完成信道切换的时间,从而,基站以在信道切换时不通过AP进行分流,并在切换完成后,重新执行分流过程。Therefore, the UE or the AP can send the relevant parameters in the channel Channel Switch Announcement (an example of channel switching instruction information) to the base station through, for example, an RRC dedicated message, so that the base station can evaluate the time for the UE and the AP to complete the channel switching according to the ChannelSwitch Conut Therefore, the base station does not perform offloading through the AP during channel switching, and re-executes the offloading process after the switching is completed.

需要说明的是,当因进行上述信道切换而导致切换前后的信道带宽出现差异时,基站可以重新获取切换后的信道带宽,并重新确定分流流量,该过程与上述S110中的过程类似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。It should be noted that, when there is a difference in the channel bandwidth before and after the switch due to the above channel switching, the base station can reacquire the channel bandwidth after the switch and re-determine the offloaded traffic. This process is similar to the process in S110 above. Here, In order to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted.

另外,以上列举的UE和AP的通信能力(能够支持的信道带宽)可以是UE和AP的绝对通信能力,也可以是UE和AP在一定时间段内的相对通信能力,例如,对于AP,如果当前没有可以使用的辅信道(所有信道均被其他AP占用),则当前AP的不能支持40MHz的通信带宽,同理,如果当前有可以使用的辅信道(该信道未与其他AP的主信道重叠),则当前AP的能够支持40MHz的通信带宽。In addition, the communication capabilities (supportable channel bandwidth) of the UE and the AP listed above may be the absolute communication capabilities of the UE and the AP, or the relative communication capabilities of the UE and the AP within a certain period of time. For example, for an AP, if Currently there is no auxiliary channel available (all channels are occupied by other APs), the current AP cannot support the communication bandwidth of 40MHz, similarly, if there is currently an auxiliary channel available (the channel does not overlap with the main channel of other APs) ), the current AP can support a communication bandwidth of 40MHz.

以上,列举了本发明的传输数据的方法在802.11n版本中的应用,但本发明并不限定于此,例如,在802.11ac版本中引入了更高吞吐量(VHT,Very High Throughput)模式能支持最高160MHz的带宽,同理对于具有VHT能力的UE,通过VHT Capabilities信元声明其支持的VHT特性,例如,是否支持80MHz+80MHz或者160MHz的信道带宽(由Supported ChannelWidth Set指示),并且,AP能够支持的信道带宽为四种,即,20MHz、40MHz、80MHz以及160MHz或者80MHz+80MHz。此情况下,例如,可以由VHT Capabilities代替上述S110和S120中使用的HT Capabilities,除了最终确定的信道带宽可能存在差异外,其他的步骤和方法与在802.11n版本中的应用类似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。In the above, the application of the data transmission method of the present invention in the 802.11n version is listed, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a higher throughput (VHT, Very High Throughput) mode is introduced in the 802.11ac version. Supports a bandwidth of up to 160MHz. Similarly, for a UE with VHT capabilities, declare its supported VHT features through the VHT Capabilities information element, for example, whether to support 80MHz+80MHz or 160MHz channel bandwidth (indicated by Supported ChannelWidth Set), and AP There are four kinds of channel bandwidths that can be supported, namely, 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, and 160MHz or 80MHz+80MHz. In this case, for example, the HT Capabilities used in the above S110 and S120 can be replaced by VHT Capabilities, except that there may be differences in the final channel bandwidth, other steps and methods are similar to the application in the 802.11n version, here, for To avoid repetition, its description is omitted.

另外,例如,如果系统中仅设置有一个(或少量)AP,则可能存在无论任何时段AP均能够向UE提供主信道和辅信道的情况,此时,UE和AP可以协商彼此之间通信的版本(例如,802.11a/b/g、802.11n或802.11ac中的任一版本),并上报给基站,从而,基站可以根据当前通信的版本,确定分流流量,例如,如果通信版本为802.11a/b/g,则基站可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为20MHz,如果通信版本为802.11n,则基站可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为40MHz,如果通信版本为802.11ac,则基站可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为80MHz或更高。或者,UE和AP也可以分别上报其支持的版本,从而基站可以根据二者中较低的版本,确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽,例如,如果UE仅支持802.11a/b/g,而基站支持802.11a/b/g、802.11n和802.11ac的全部,则以UE支持的版本为依据,可以确定UE与AP之间通信的信道带宽为20MHz。In addition, for example, if only one (or a small number of) APs are set in the system, there may be situations where the AP can provide the primary channel and the secondary channel to the UE at any time period. At this time, the UE and the AP can negotiate the communication protocol between each other. version (for example, any version in 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n or 802.11ac), and report it to the base station, so that the base station can determine the offloaded traffic according to the current communication version, for example, if the communication version is 802.11a /b/g, the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between UE and AP is 20MHz. If the communication version is 802.11n, the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between UE and AP is 40MHz. If the communication version is 802.11ac , the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 80 MHz or higher. Alternatively, the UE and the AP can also report their supported versions, so that the base station can determine the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP according to the lower version of the two. For example, if the UE only supports 802.11a/b/g, While the base station supports all of 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac, based on the version supported by the UE, it can be determined that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 20MHz.

在确定好分流的流量后,基站需要通知AP和目标用户设备做好分流准备。After determining the offloaded traffic, the base station needs to notify the AP and the target user equipment to prepare for offloading.

可选地,在该根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输之前,该方法还包括:Optionally, before performing target data transmission with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth, the method further includes:

向该WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。Sending first offloading instruction information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading instruction information includes identity information of the user equipment, where , a piece of identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.

具体地说,基站向AP发送第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息可以指示AP需要将基站发送给其的数据发送给目标用户设备,还可以指示AP需要将目标用户设备发送给其的数据发送给基站,其中,该第一分流指示信息可以目标用户设备的身份信息发送给AP,其中,一个身份信息可以在系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。Specifically, the base station sends the first offloading instruction information to the AP, and the first offloading instruction information may indicate that the AP needs to send the data sent by the base station to the target user equipment, and may also indicate that the AP needs to send the target user equipment to its The data is sent to the base station, where the first offload indication information can be sent to the AP with the identity information of the target user equipment, where one piece of identity information can uniquely indicate a user equipment in the system.

该身份信息可以包括以下任一信息:This identity information can include any of the following:

MAC地址、网际协议IP地址、基本服务集标识符BSSID、关联身份信息AID、移动用户手机号、国际移动用户标识IMSI或国际移动台设备标识IMEI。MAC address, Internet Protocol IP address, basic service set identifier BSSID, associated identity information AID, mobile phone number of mobile user, International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI or International Mobile Station Equipment Identity IMEI.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,设备的身份信息是指在使用本发明实施例的通信系统中能够唯一地标识该设备的信息。需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,该身份信息可以是设备出厂时自带的信息,也可以是系统为设备分配的,本发明并未特别限定。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the identity information of the device refers to information that can uniquely identify the device in the communication system using the embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present invention, the identity information may be the information that comes with the device when it leaves the factory, or it may be assigned to the device by the system, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,身份信息可以包括媒体接入控制(MAC,Medium AccessControl)地址、网际协议(IP,Internet Protocol)地址、基本服务集标识符(BSSID,BasicService Set IDentifier)、关联身份信息(AID,Association IDentifier)、移动用户手机号、国际移动用户标识(IMSI,International Mobile Subscriber Identity)和国际移动台设备标识(IMEI,International Mobile Equipment Identity)等信息。应理解,本发明实施例的用户标识并不限于以上信息,其他能够唯一体现用户标识的信元均落入本发明实施例的范围内。In this embodiment of the present invention, the identity information may include a Media Access Control (MAC, Medium Access Control) address, an Internet Protocol (IP, Internet Protocol) address, a Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID, BasicService Set IDentifier), associated identity information ( AID, Association IDentifier), mobile phone number, International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI, International Mobile Subscriber Identity) and International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI, International Mobile Equipment Identity) and other information. It should be understood that the user identifier in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above information, and other information elements that can uniquely reflect the user identifier fall within the scope of the embodiment of the present invention.

该AP可以根据该目标用户设备的身份信息,确定该目标用户设备,并且,可以根据该第一分流指示信息,确定需要将基站发送给其的数据发送给目标用户设备,或者,确定需要将目标用户设备发送给其的数据发送给基站。The AP may determine the target user equipment according to the identity information of the target user equipment, and may determine that the data sent by the base station needs to be sent to the target user equipment according to the first offload indication information, or determine that the target user equipment needs to be The data sent to it by the user equipment is sent to the base station.

由于AP与目标用户设备通过无线局域网通信方式传输数据时,需要获知目标用户设备的MAC地址,因此,AP还可以在确定该目标用户设备后,获取该目标用户设备的MAC地址,例如,可以从系统内的移动性管理实体(MME,Mobility Management Entity)获取该目标用户设备的MAC地址,也可以从该目标用户设备获取该目标用户设备的MAC地址,还可以从基站获取该目标用户设备的MAC地址,本发明并未特别限定。Since the AP and the target user equipment need to know the MAC address of the target user equipment when transmitting data through wireless local area network communication, the AP can also obtain the MAC address of the target user equipment after determining the target user equipment, for example, from A mobility management entity (MME, Mobility Management Entity) in the system obtains the MAC address of the target user equipment, may also obtain the MAC address of the target user equipment from the target user equipment, and may also obtain the MAC address of the target user equipment from the base station The address is not particularly limited in the present invention.

另外,在本发明实施例中,用户设备可以将其MAC地址,通过例如附着请求(AttachRequest)或跟踪区更新请求(Tracking Area Update Request)消息携带给MME,从而,MME可以将用户设备的MAC地址通过例如UE初始上下文建立(Initial UE Context SetupRequest)或者UE上下文修改消息(UE Context Modify Request)下发给基站,从而,基站可以获取各用户设备的MAC地址。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment may carry its MAC address to the MME through, for example, an Attach Request (AttachRequest) or a Tracking Area Update Request (Tracking Area Update Request) message, so that the MME may send the MAC address of the user equipment For example, the base station can obtain the MAC address of each user equipment by issuing a UE initial context setup (Initial UE Context SetupRequest) or a UE context modification message (UE Context Modify Request) to the base station.

并且,基站可以通过例如UE连接建立请求(UE Association Setup Request)消息,将基站侧的与该目标用户设备相对应的GTP隧道终端标识(TEID,Tunnel EndpointIdentifier)发送给AP,并且,可以通过例如,UE连接建立响应(UE Association SetupResponse)消息接收AP发送的AP侧的与该目标用户设备相对应的GTP TEID。从而,一个基站侧GTP TEID可以标识一个上行GTP隧道(从AP向基站传输数据时使用的GTP隧道),一个AP侧GTP TEID可以标识一个下行GTP隧道(从基站向AP传输数据时使用的GTP隧道)。In addition, the base station may send the GTP tunnel terminal identifier (TEID, Tunnel EndpointIdentifier) corresponding to the target user equipment on the base station side to the AP through, for example, a UE Association Setup Request message, and may pass, for example, The UE Association Setup Response (UE Association SetupResponse) message receives the GTP TEID on the AP side corresponding to the target user equipment sent by the AP. Therefore, a GTP TEID on the base station side can identify an uplink GTP tunnel (the GTP tunnel used when transmitting data from the AP to the base station), and an AP-side GTP TEID can identify a downlink GTP tunnel (the GTP tunnel used when transmitting data from the base station to the AP). ).

可选地,该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, the base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;The base station determines a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;

该基站经由该第一GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel.

具体地说,如果需要通过AP进行分流的UE只有一个,则可以直接通过各GTP隧道进行目标数据的传输,但是,如果需要通过AP进行分流的UE为两个以上,或者当前接入AP的UE为两个以上,则需要使基站和AP之间,确定各GTP与各UE之间的映射关系。从而,例如,当基站需要通过AP向用户设备(以下,为了便于区分,称为目标用户设备)发送数据(即,下行数据)时,可以通过与该目标设备相对应的GTP隧道(具体地说,是下行隧道)向AP发送该下行数据(下行目标数据),AP可以根据所接收到的数据经由的隧道,确定该数据是需要发送给目标用户设备的下行目标数据。再例如,当AP接收到目标用户设备发送的数据后,可以根据上述第一分流指示信息,确定该数据是需要发送给基站的数据(上行目标数据),从而,AP可以选择与该目标用户设备相对应的GTP隧道(具体地说,是上行隧道),并通过该GTP隧道,将上行目标数据发送给基站,基站可以根据所接收到的数据经由的隧道,确定该数据是来自目标用户设备的上行目标数据。Specifically, if there is only one UE that needs to be offloaded through the AP, the target data can be transmitted directly through each GTP tunnel; however, if there are more than two UEs that need to be offloaded through the AP, or the UE currently connected to the AP If there are more than two, it is necessary to determine the mapping relationship between each GTP and each UE between the base station and the AP. Thus, for example, when the base station needs to send data (that is, downlink data) to the user equipment (hereinafter, referred to as target user equipment for ease of distinction) through the AP, it can pass through the GTP tunnel corresponding to the target device (specifically, , is a downlink tunnel) to send the downlink data (downlink target data) to the AP, and the AP can determine that the data is downlink target data that needs to be sent to the target user equipment according to the tunnel through which the received data passes. For another example, after the AP receives the data sent by the target user equipment, it can determine that the data is data (uplink target data) that needs to be sent to the base station according to the above-mentioned first offload indication information, so that the AP can choose to communicate with the target user equipment The corresponding GTP tunnel (specifically, an uplink tunnel), and through the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data is sent to the base station, and the base station can determine that the data is from the target user equipment according to the tunnel through which the received data passes. upstream target data.

可选地,该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道,包括:Optionally, the base station determining the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment includes:

该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的上行第一GTP隧道;The base station determines the first uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;

该基站向该WLAN AP发送第一映射关系信息,该第一映射关系信息用于指示该上行第一GTP隧道的隧道标识TEID与该用户设备之间的映射关系;以及The base station sends first mapping relationship information to the WLAN AP, where the first mapping relationship information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the tunnel identifier TEID of the first uplink GTP tunnel and the user equipment; and

该基站经由该第一GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel, including:

当经由该上行第一GTP隧道而接收到该WLAN AP发送的数据时,该基站根据该第一映射关系,确定所接收到的数据为该用户设备发送的上行目标数据。When receiving data sent by the WLAN AP via the first uplink GTP tunnel, the base station determines, according to the first mapping relationship, that the received data is uplink target data sent by the user equipment.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,传输数据的GTP隧道可以是数据的接收端确定的,例如,基站可以确定各用户设备所对应的上行GTP隧道的GTP TEID,并将各上行GTP隧道的GTP TEID与各用户设备(例如,该用户设备的身份信息)之间的映射关系(第一映射关系信息)通知AP,从而,当AP接收到目标用户设备发送的上行数据时,可以根据该目标用户设备的身份信息,从第一映射关系中,查找到该目标用户设备所对应的上行GTP隧道的GTPTEID,进而确定上行GTP隧道,并将该目标用户设备的上行数据(上行目标数据)通过如上所述确定的上行GTP隧道,发送给基站,基站通过该上行GTP隧道接收到数据后,可以在上述第一映射关系中查找与该上行GTP隧道的TEID相对应的用户设备,以确定该上行数据所来自的目标用户设备。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present invention, the GTP tunnel for data transmission may be determined by the receiving end of the data. For example, the base station may determine the GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to each user equipment, and set the GTP TEID of each uplink GTP tunnel to The mapping relationship (first mapping relationship information) between the GTP TEID and each user equipment (for example, the identity information of the user equipment) notifies the AP, so that when the AP receives the uplink data sent by the target user equipment, it can The identity information of the user equipment, from the first mapping relationship, finds the GTPTEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the target user equipment, and then determines the uplink GTP tunnel, and passes the uplink data (uplink target data) of the target user equipment through the above The determined uplink GTP tunnel is sent to the base station. After the base station receives the data through the uplink GTP tunnel, it can search the user equipment corresponding to the TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel in the first mapping relationship to determine the uplink data. From the target user device.

可选地,该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道,包括:Optionally, the base station determining the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment includes:

该基站接收该WLAN AP发送的第二映射关系信息,该第二映射关系信息用于指示下行第一GTP隧道的TEID与该用户设备之间的映射关系;The base station receives the second mapping relationship information sent by the WLAN AP, where the second mapping relationship information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the TEID of the downlink first GTP tunnel and the user equipment;

该基站根据该第二映射关系信息,确定该下行第一GTP隧道;以及The base station determines the downlink first GTP tunnel according to the second mapping relationship information; and

该基站经由该第一GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel, including:

该基站经由该下行第一GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送下行目标数据,以便于该WLANAP在通过该下行第一GTP隧道接收到数据后,根据该第二映射关系信息,确定该用户设备,并向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据。The base station sends downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the first downlink GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP determines the user equipment according to the second mapping relationship information after receiving the data through the first downlink GTP tunnel, and Forwarding the downlink target data to the user equipment.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,传输数据的GTP隧道可以是数据的接收端确定的,例如,AP可以确定各用户设备所对应的下行GTP隧道的GTP TEID,并将各下行GTP隧道的GTPTEID与各用户设备(例如,该用户设备的身份信息)之间的映射关系(第二映射关系信息)通知基站,从而,当基站需要通过AP向目标用户设备发送的下行数据时,可以根据该目标用户设备的身份信息,从第二映射关系中,查找到该目标用户设备所对应的下行GTP隧道的GTPTEID,进而确定下行GTP隧道,并将该目标用户设备的下行数据(下行目标数据)通过如上所述确定的下行GTP隧道,发送给AP,AP通过该下行GTP隧道接收到数据后,可以在上述第二映射关系中查找与该下行GTP隧道的TEID相对应的用户设备,以确定该下行数据所需要发送至的目标用户设备。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present invention, the GTP tunnel for data transmission may be determined by the receiving end of the data. For example, the AP may determine the GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to each user equipment, and set the GTP TEID of each downlink GTP tunnel to The mapping relationship (second mapping relationship information) between GTPTEID and each user equipment (for example, the identity information of the user equipment) notifies the base station, so that when the base station needs to send downlink data to the target user equipment through the AP, it can according to the The identity information of the target user equipment, from the second mapping relationship, find the GTPTEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the target user equipment, and then determine the downlink GTP tunnel, and pass the downlink data (downlink target data) of the target user equipment through The downlink GTP tunnel determined as described above is sent to the AP. After the AP receives the data through the downlink GTP tunnel, it can search the user equipment corresponding to the TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel in the second mapping relationship to determine the downlink GTP tunnel. The target user device to which the data needs to be sent.

由于上述建立的GTP隧道与目标用户设备相对应,因此,基站和AP可以通过传输数据的隧道(或者说,数据包中携带的GTP TEID),确定该数据属于该目标用户设备。Since the GTP tunnel established above corresponds to the target user equipment, the base station and the AP can determine that the data belongs to the target user equipment through the data transmission tunnel (or in other words, the GTP TEID carried in the data packet).

需要说明的是,如果在基站与网关设备之间设有多个用于传输该目标用户设备的承载的情况下,则在基站与AP之间,可以建立相同数量的GTP隧道,使多个承载与多个GTP隧道(具体地说,是多个GTP TEID)之间一一对应。从而,可以通过GTP隧道,区分属于所属于的承载,随后,对该过程进行详细说明。It should be noted that, if there are multiple bearers for transmitting the target user equipment between the base station and the gateway device, the same number of GTP tunnels can be established between the base station and the AP, so that multiple bearers There is a one-to-one correspondence with multiple GTP tunnels (specifically, multiple GTP TEIDs). Therefore, the GTP tunnel can be used to distinguish which bearer it belongs to, and then the process will be described in detail.

该方法还包括:The method also includes:

该基站向该用户设备发送第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示在该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输该目标数据。The base station sends second offloading instruction information to the user equipment, where the second offloading instruction information is used to instruct to transmit the target data between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

具体地说,基站向目标用户设备发送第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息可以指示目标用户设备需要接收AP发送给其的数据,还可以指示目标用户设备需要将规定的数据(目标数据)发送给AP,或者说,该第二分流指示信息可以指示目标用户设备需要激活第二用户设备侧协议栈,以执行分流的相关流程,随后详细说明。Specifically, the base station sends the second offloading instruction information to the target user equipment, and the second offloading instruction information may indicate that the target user equipment needs to receive the data sent to it by the AP, and may also indicate that the target user equipment needs to transfer specified data (target data ) to the AP, or in other words, the second offload indication information may indicate that the target user equipment needs to activate the protocol stack on the second user equipment side to perform offload related procedures, which will be described in detail later.

需要说明的是,该规定的数据可以是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或者说,EPC)的数据的全部或部分,本发明并未特别限定,并且,当该目标数据是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或者说,EPC)的数据的部分时,该第二分流指示信息可以包括目标数据指示信元,该目标数据指示信元可以指示该目标数据是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或者说,EPC)的数据具体哪一部分,例如,该目标数据指示信元可以指示目标数据所对应的时域资源或频域资源,或者说,当目标用户设备直接向基站发送该目标设备时,用于承载该目标数据的时域资源或频域资源。It should be noted that the specified data may be all or part of the data that the target user equipment needs to send to the base station (or EPC), which is not particularly limited in the present invention, and when the target data is that the target user equipment needs to send For the part of the data to the base station (or EPC), the second offload indication information may include a target data indication information element, and the target data indication information element may indicate that the target data is that the target user equipment needs to send to the base station (or EPC) , EPC) data specific which part, for example, the target data indication information element can indicate the time domain resources or frequency domain resources corresponding to the target data, or in other words, when the target user equipment directly sends the target equipment to the base station, used for A time-domain resource or a frequency-domain resource that bears the target data.

并且,该第二分流指示信息可以包括指示该AP的AP指示信元,以便于目标用户设备根据该AP指示信元,确定分流所使用的AP,其中,如果目标用户设备尚未接入该AP,第二分流指示信息还可以包括接入指示信元,以便于目标用户设备根据该AP指示信元和接入指示信元,接入该AP。Moreover, the second offload indication information may include an AP indication information element indicating the AP, so that the target user equipment can determine the AP used for offload according to the AP indication information element, wherein, if the target user equipment has not yet accessed the AP, The second offload indication information may further include an access indication information element, so that the target user equipment accesses the AP according to the AP indication information element and the access indication information element.

在本发明实施例中,在AP和目标用户设备做好上述分流准备后,可以向基站发送确认信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the AP and the target user equipment are ready for the offloading, they may send confirmation information to the base station.

从而,基站在接收到该确认信息后,可以执行分流操作。Therefore, after receiving the acknowledgment information, the base station can perform an offloading operation.

下面,对下行时基站通过AP进行针对(例如,多个用户设备中的)目标用户设备分流时的动作进行说明。Next, the operation when the base station performs offloading for the target user equipment (for example, among multiple user equipments) through the AP during downlink will be described.

基站可以(例如,通过S1接口)接收网关设备(例如,PDN-GW)发送的来自网络侧(例如,EPC)并需要发送给目标用户设备的下行数据,并从该数据中确定需要通过AP发送给目标用户的下行目标数据,以下,称为数据A。The base station can receive (for example, through the S1 interface) the downlink data sent by the gateway device (for example, PDN-GW) from the network side (for example, EPC) and needs to be sent to the target user equipment, and determine from the data that it needs to be sent through the AP. Downlink target data for target users is referred to as data A hereinafter.

在本发明实施例中,在基站与网关设备之间设置有一个用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况1);或者,在基站与网关设备之间设置有多个用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况2)。In the embodiment of the present invention, a bearer for transmitting the data of the target user equipment is set between the base station and the gateway device (case 1); or, multiple bearers for transmitting the data of the target user equipment are set between the base station and the gateway device Bearer of data of the target user equipment (case 2).

情况1Case 1

该基站通过第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈,对数据A进行封装处理,以生成一个符合GTP通信方式的数据包A(第一数据包的一例),在该数据包A中携带如上所述由AP分配的与该目标用户设备相对应的GTP TEID(以下,称为AP侧GTPTEID),并且,根据如上所述确定的第二映射关系,确定与该AP侧GTP TEID相对应的下行GTP隧道,将该数据包A发送给AP。The base station encapsulates the data A through at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack to generate a data packet A (an example of the first data packet) conforming to the GTP communication mode. The data packet A carries the GTP TEID corresponding to the target user equipment allocated by the AP as described above (hereinafter referred to as the GTP TEID on the AP side), and, according to the second mapping relationship determined as described above, determine the GTP TEID associated with the AP The downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the side GTP TEID sends the data packet A to the AP.

AP在接收到该数据包A后,可以通过第一WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层),对该数据包A进行解封装处理,以获取该目标用户设备相对应的AP侧GTPTEID以及该数据A,并且,可以根据该AP侧GTP TEID以及如上所述确定的第二映射关系,确定数据A是需要发送给目标用户设备的,其后,可以通过第二WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第二WLANAP侧协议栈和适配层)对该数据A进行封装处理,以生成一个符合无线局域网通信方式的数据包B(第二数据包的一例),并通过无线局域网通信方式所使用的载波(第一载波的一例),向该目标用户设备发送该数据包B。After receiving the data packet A, the AP can decapsulate the data packet A through the first WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer), so as to obtain the target user equipment The corresponding AP side GTP TEID and the data A, and, according to the AP side GTP TEID and the second mapping relationship determined as described above, it can be determined that the data A needs to be sent to the target user equipment, and then, through the second The WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) encapsulates the data A to generate a data packet B (an example of the second data packet) that conforms to the wireless local area network communication mode, and passes the wireless The carrier (an example of the first carrier) used in the LAN communication mode sends the data packet B to the target user equipment.

目标用户设备可以通过该第一载波,接收该数据包B,并通过第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用户设备侧协议栈,对数据包B进行解封装处理,从而获取该数据A。The target user equipment may receive the data packet B through the first carrier, and decapsulate the data packet B through at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, thereby obtaining The data a.

情况2Case 2

由于在该基站与网关设备之间设有至少两个承载,因此用户设备需要获知AP发送的数据包中所携带的各数据所属于的承载,以可靠地还原来自网络侧的数据,从而,AP也需要获知基站发送的各数据所属于的承载,在封装发送给目标用户设备的数据包时,在数据包中添加指示各数据所属于的承载的标识(第三承载指示信息),该封装过程可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明,下面,主要对基站通知AP各数据所属于的承载的过程和方法进行说明。Since there are at least two bearers between the base station and the gateway device, the user equipment needs to know the bearer to which each data carried in the data packet sent by the AP belongs to, so as to reliably restore the data from the network side, thus, the AP It is also necessary to know the bearer to which each data sent by the base station belongs, and when encapsulating the data packet sent to the target user equipment, add an identifier (third bearer indication information) indicating the bearer to which each data belongs to the data packet, the encapsulation process It may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted. The following mainly describes the process and method for the base station to notify the AP of the bearer to which each data belongs.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the base station transmits target data with the user equipment via the GTP tunnel through the WLAN AP, including:

该基站通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载,并承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据所属于的承载;The base station determines the bearer to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and the bearer mapping layer generates first bearer indication information, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs ;

该基站向该WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载。The base station sends the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.

并且,该基站向该WLAN AP发送第一承载指示信息,包括:And, the base station sends the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, including:

该基站通过该承载映射层,将该第一承载指示信息与该下行目标数据封装于同一数据包内而发送给该WLAN AP。The base station encapsulates the first bearer indication information and the downlink target data in the same data packet and sends it to the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,例如,来自网络侧的数据A由数据A1~数据An构成,其中,n与在基站和网关设备之间传输数据A所使用的承载的数量相同,基站可以在(例如,通过基站协议栈的至少一层和GTP协议栈)封装数据包时,在数据包中增加用于指示数据A1~数据An所属于的承载的指示信息(第一承载指示信息),从而,AP可以根据该第一承载指示信息,获知基站发送的数据A1~数据An所属于的承载。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present invention, for example, the data A from the network side consists of data A1 to data An, where n is the same as the number of bearers used to transmit data A between the base station and the gateway device, and the base station When encapsulating the data packet (for example, through at least one layer of the base station protocol stack and the GTP protocol stack), indication information (first bearer indication information) for indicating the bearer to which the data A1-data An belong may be added to the data packet Therefore, according to the first bearer indication information, the AP can know the bearers to which the data A1 to data An sent by the base station belong.

需要说明的是,基站协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在GTP协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,在数据包中封装入该第一承载指示信息。It should be noted that the MAC layer of the base station protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer shown in the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the GTP protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the base station protocol stack, the MAC layer can and encapsulating the first bearer indication information in a data packet.

并且,在本发明实施例中,基站对数据A1~数据An进行封装处理而生成的数据包可以是一个,也可以是n个,本发明并不特别限定。另外,在生成n个数据包的情况下,该n个数据包可以通过一个GTP隧道传输至AP,也可以通过n个隧道传输至AP,本发明并未特别限定。Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the number of data packets generated by the base station by encapsulating the data A1 to data An may be one or n, which is not particularly limited in the present invention. In addition, when n data packets are generated, the n data packets may be transmitted to the AP through one GTP tunnel, or may be transmitted to the AP through n tunnels, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,还可以在基站协议栈中增加用于在数据包中封装入该第一承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使在GTP协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。并且,在本发明实施例中,该承载映射层可以设置在PDCP层之上,也可以设置在PDCP层与RLC层之间,也可以设置在RLC层与MAC层之间,本发明并未特别限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of the bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the first bearer indication information in the data packet may also be added in the base station protocol stack, and the GTP protocol stack is aggregated in the bearer on the mapping layer. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be set above the PDCP layer, or between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or between the RLC layer and the MAC layer. limited.

从而,AP可以根据该第一承载指示信息,获知基站发送的数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载。需要说明的是,WiFi协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在AP的WiFi协议栈聚合在GTP协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,从数据包中获取该第一承载指示信息。并且,在本发明实施例中,还可以在GTP协议栈中增加用于从数据包获取该第一承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使在WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。Therefore, the AP can know the bearers to which the data D1 to Dn sent by the base station belong according to the first bearer indication information. It should be noted that the MAC layer of the WiFi protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer shown in the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack of the AP is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the GTP protocol stack, the The MAC layer acquires the first bearer indication information from the data packet. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for obtaining the first bearer indication information from a data packet may also be added in the GTP protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the bearer on the mapping layer.

需要说明的是,如果采用在数据包中添加承载指示信息的方式来指示数据所属于的承载,则基站与AP可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系信息和第二映射关系信息,确定在彼此之间传输的数据所属于的用户设备。It should be noted that, if the bearer indication information is added to the data packet to indicate the bearer to which the data belongs, the base station and the AP can determine that the The user devices that the data transferred between them belong to.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;determining, by the base station, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;

该基站经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。The base station transmits the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel.

并且,该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道,包括:And, the base station determines the second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs, including:

该基站接收该WLAN AP发送的第四映射关系信息,该第四映射关系信息用于指示下行第二GTP隧道的TEID与下行目标数据所属于的承载之间的映射关系;The base station receives fourth mapping relationship information sent by the WLAN AP, where the fourth mapping relationship information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the TEID of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs;

根据该第四映射关系信息,确定该下行第二GTP隧道;以及Determine the second downlink GTP tunnel according to the fourth mapping relationship information; and

该基站经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel, including:

该基站通过该下行第二GTP隧道向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLANAP在通过该下行第二GTP隧道接收到该下行目标数据后,根据该第四映射关系信息,确定下行目标数据所属于的承载,并根据该下行目标数据所属于的承载和该承载信息,确定该用户设备,以向该用户设备发送该下行目标数据。The base station sends the downlink target data to the WLAN AP through the second downlink GTP tunnel, so that after receiving the downlink target data through the second downlink GTP tunnel, the WLAN AP determines the downlink target data according to the fourth mapping relationship information the bearer to which the data belongs, and determine the user equipment according to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs and the bearer information, so as to send the downlink target data to the user equipment.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,基站与AP之间可以建立n个下行GTP隧道,以使每个下行GTP隧道仅用于传输一个承载上的下行数据,并且,在本发明实施例中,在第一分流信息中还可以包括承载指示信息,该承载指示信息用于指示该用户设备所对应的各承载,AP可以为每个下行GTP隧道分配一个AP侧GTP TEID,并向基站通知各AP侧GTP TEID与各下行GTP隧道之间的映射关系,并且,AP可以确定与该目标用户设备所对应的各承载与各下行GTP隧道之间的映射关系(第四映射关系),从而,基站可以根据上述各AP侧GTP TEID与各下行GTP隧道之间的映射关系以及各承载与各下行GTP隧道之间的映射关系,对数据A1~数据An进行封装处理而生成n个数据包,并通过与各数据相对应的隧道传输各数据包。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, n downlink GTP tunnels can be established between the base station and the AP, so that each downlink GTP tunnel is only used to transmit downlink data on one bearer, and, in the embodiment of the present invention , the first offloading information may further include bearer indication information, the bearer indication information is used to indicate each bearer corresponding to the user equipment, and the AP may allocate an AP-side GTP TEID for each downlink GTP tunnel, and notify the base station of each The mapping relationship between the GTP TEID on the AP side and each downlink GTP tunnel, and the AP can determine the mapping relationship (fourth mapping relationship) between each bearer corresponding to the target user equipment and each downlink GTP tunnel, so that the base station According to the mapping relationship between each AP side GTP TEID and each downlink GTP tunnel and the mapping relationship between each bearer and each downlink GTP tunnel, the data A1 ~ data An can be encapsulated to generate n data packets, and through Each data packet is tunneled corresponding to each data.

例如,基站可以将与数据A1相对应的下行GTP隧道的AP侧GTP TEID封装入数据包A1,并将该数据包A1发送给AP。通过类似的方法,基站可生成数据包A2~数据包An并发送给AP。For example, the base station may encapsulate the AP-side GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data A1 into the data packet A1, and send the data packet A1 to the AP. Through a similar method, the base station can generate data packets A2 to An and send them to the AP.

AP对该数据包A1进行解封装处理后,能够获知与数据A1相对应的下行GTP隧道的AP侧GTP TEID,从而能够确定传输该数据包A1的下行GTP隧道。并且,AP可以根据传输该数据包A1的下行GTP隧道和如上所述确定的各承载与各GTP隧道之间的映射关系(第四映射关系),确定数据包A1中携带的数据A1所属于的承载。After the AP decapsulates the data packet A1, it can learn the AP-side GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data A1, so as to determine the downlink GTP tunnel for transmitting the data packet A1. In addition, the AP may determine, according to the downlink GTP tunnel that transmits the data packet A1 and the mapping relationship (fourth mapping relationship) between each bearer and each GTP tunnel determined as described above, which data A1 carried in the data packet A1 belongs to. bearer.

通过类似的方法,AP可以确定数据A2~数据An所属于的承载。从而,AP可以确定数据A2~数据An所属于的承载和上述承载信息,确定该数据是需要发送给目标用户设备的下行目标数据。Through a similar method, the AP can determine the bearers to which the data A2 - data An belong. Therefore, the AP can determine the bearer to which the data A2 to data An belong and the above bearer information, and determine that the data is downlink target data that needs to be sent to the target user equipment.

其后,AP可以通过第二WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第二WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层)对该数据A1~An进行封装处理,以生成一个或多个符合无线局域网通信方式的数据包(第二数据包的另一例),并通过无线局域网通信方式所使用的载波(第一载波的一例),向该目标用户设备发送该一个或多个数据包,这里,在该数据包中可以携带用于指示数据A1~数据An所属于的承载的指示信息。Thereafter, the AP can encapsulate the data A1-An through the second WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) to generate one or more data conforming to the wireless local area network communication mode packet (another example of the second data packet), and send the one or more data packets to the target user equipment through the carrier (an example of the first carrier) used in the wireless local area network communication mode, where, in the data packet It may carry indication information used to indicate the bearer to which the data A1 - data An belong.

目标用户设备可以通过该第一载波,接收该一个或多个数据包,并通过第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用户设备侧协议栈,对该一个或多个数据包进行解封装处理,从而获取该来自网络侧的数据A。The target user equipment may receive the one or more data packets through the first carrier, and transmit the one or more data packets through at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack Perform decapsulation processing to obtain the data A from the network side.

这里,来自网络侧的数据A有数据A1~数据An构成,其中,n与在基站和网关设备之间传输数据A所使用的承载的数量相同,用户设备可以通过AP所发送数据包中携带的用于指示数据A1~数据An所属于的承载的指示信息,获知基站发送的数据A1~数据An所属于的承载。Here, the data A from the network side consists of data A1 ~ data An, where n is the same as the number of bearers used to transmit data A between the base station and the gateway device, and the user equipment can use the data carried in the data packet sent by the AP. The indication information used to indicate the bearers to which the data A1 to data An belong is to know the bearers to which the data A1 to data An sent by the base station belong to.

需要说明的是,用户设备协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,确定数据A1~数据An所属于的承载。It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer shown in the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, the The MAC layer determines bearers to which data A1 to data An belong.

或者,还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于确定数据A1~数据An所属于的承载的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。Alternatively, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for determining the bearer to which the data A1 - data An belong may also be added to the protocol stack of the user equipment, and the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the bearer mapping layer.

并且,在本发明实施例中,该承载映射层可以设置在PDCP层之上,也可以设置在PDCP层与RLC层之间,也可以设置在RLC层与MAC层之间,本发明并未特别限定Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be set above the PDCP layer, or between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or between the RLC layer and the MAC layer. limited

可选地,当该目标数据是该承载上的部分数据时,该方法还包括:Optionally, when the target data is part of the data on the bearer, the method further includes:

该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈,与该用户设备进行非目标数据的传输,其中,该非目标数据是该承载上的全部数据中,除该目标数据以外的数据。The base station transmits non-target data with the user equipment through the first base station-side protocol stack, where the non-target data is data other than the target data among all data on the bearer.

具体地说,当该下行目标数据是该至少一个承载上的部分下行数据时,该方法还包括:该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈,对下行非目标数据进行封装处理,以生成第五数据包,该下行非目标数据是该至少一个承载上的全部下行数据中,除该下行目标数据以外的数据;该基站通过第三载波,向该目标用户设备发送该第五数据包,以便于该目标用户设备通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈对该第五数据包进行解封装处理,以获取该下行非目标数据,并根据该下行非目标数据和该下行目标数据,确定该至少一个承载上的全部下行数据,其中,该第三载波是用于基站和用户设备之间通信的载波。Specifically, when the downlink target data is part of the downlink data on the at least one bearer, the method further includes: the base station encapsulates the downlink non-target data through the first base station side protocol stack to generate the fifth In a data packet, the downlink non-target data is data other than the downlink target data in all downlink data on the at least one bearer; the base station sends the fifth data packet to the target user equipment through a third carrier, so that The target user equipment decapsulates the fifth data packet through the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain the downlink non-target data, and determines the at least one bearer according to the downlink non-target data and the downlink target data All downlink data on the above, where the third carrier is a carrier used for communication between the base station and the user equipment.

例如,当数据A是来自网络侧并需要发送给目标用户设备的全部数据中的一部分时,基站还需要将剩余部分(以下称为数据C)通过用于基站与用户设备之间通信的载波(第三载波的一例)发送给目标用户设备,该过程与方法可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。For example, when data A is a part of all data from the network side and needs to be sent to the target user equipment, the base station also needs to pass the remaining part (hereinafter referred to as data C) through the carrier used for communication between the base station and the user equipment ( An example of the third carrier) is sent to the target user equipment, the process and method may be the same as or similar to the prior art, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted.

由此,完成了下行数据的传输过程。Thus, the downlink data transmission process is completed.

图5是根据本发明一实施例的下行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

如图5所示,在S210,UE可以将其MAC地址发送给MME。As shown in Fig. 5, at S210, the UE may send its MAC address to the MME.

在S220,MME可以将该UE的MAC地址发送给基站。At S220, the MME may send the MAC address of the UE to the base station.

在S230,基站可以将该UE的MAC地址和为该UE分配的基站侧GTP TEID发送给AP。In S230, the base station may send the MAC address of the UE and the base station side GTP TEID allocated for the UE to the AP.

在S240,AP可以其为该UE分配的AP侧GTP TEID发送给基站。In S240, the AP may send the AP-side GTP TEID allocated for the UE to the base station.

在S250,基站可以将该AP侧GTP TEID封装在数据包内,并将该数据包发送给AP。At S250, the base station may encapsulate the AP-side GTP TEID in a data packet, and send the data packet to the AP.

在S260,AP根据该AP侧GTP TEID确定该数据包内携带的数据是需要发送给UE的。At S260, the AP determines according to the GTP TEID on the AP side that the data carried in the data packet needs to be sent to the UE.

在S270,AP可以根据该UE的MAC地址,将该数据包内携带的数据发送给UE。At S270, the AP may send the data carried in the data packet to the UE according to the MAC address of the UE.

下面,对上行时基站通过AP进行针对(例如,多个用户设备中的)目标用户设备的分流时的动作进行说明。Next, the operation when the base station performs offloading for the target user equipment (for example, among multiple user equipments) through the AP during uplink will be described.

用户设备可以从需要发送至基站(或者说,网络侧)的上行数据中,确定需要通过AP发送给基站的上行目标数据,以下,称为数据D。The user equipment may determine the uplink target data that needs to be sent to the base station through the AP from the uplink data that needs to be sent to the base station (or in other words, the network side), hereinafter referred to as data D.

在本发明实施例中,在基站与网关设备之间设置有一个用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况3);或者,在基站与网关设备之间设置有多个用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况4)。In the embodiment of the present invention, a bearer for transmitting the data of the target user equipment is set between the base station and the gateway device (case 3); or, multiple bearers for transmitting the data of the target user equipment are set between the base station and the gateway device The bearer of the data of the target user equipment (case 4).

情况3Case 3

目标用户设备通过第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用户设备侧协议栈,对数据D进行封装处理,以生成一个符合无线局域网通信方式的数据包D(第四数据包的一例),并通过无线局域网通信方式所使用的载波(第二载波的一例),向AP发送该数据包D。The target user equipment encapsulates the data D through at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack to generate a data packet D conforming to the wireless local area network communication mode (the fourth data packet One example), and transmit the data packet D to the AP via the carrier (an example of the second carrier) used in the WLAN communication method.

AP在接收到该数据包D后,可以通过第二WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第二WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层),对该数据包D进行解封装处理,以获取该数据D,其后,AP可以根据如上所述接收的第一分流指示信息,确定该数据D需要发送至基站,从而,可以通过第一WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层)对该数据D进行封装处理,以生成一个符合GTP通信方式的数据包E(第二数据包的一例)。将基站分配的与该目标用户设备相对应的GTP TEID(基站侧GTP TEID),封装在该数据包E中,并且,可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系,确定与该基站侧GTP TEID相对应的上行GTP隧道,将该数据包E发送给基站。After receiving the data packet D, the AP can decapsulate the data packet D through the second WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and adaptation layer), so as to obtain the data D, Thereafter, the AP may determine that the data D needs to be sent to the base station according to the first offload indication information received as described above, and thus, may pass the first WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer ) performs encapsulation processing on the data D to generate a data packet E (an example of the second data packet) conforming to the GTP communication mode. The GTP TEID corresponding to the target user equipment assigned by the base station (base station side GTP TEID) is encapsulated in the data packet E, and the GTP TEID corresponding to the base station side GTP TEID can be determined according to the first mapping relationship determined as described above. The corresponding uplink GTP tunnel sends the data packet E to the base station.

基站在接收到该数据包E后,可以通过第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈,对数据包E进行解封装处理,以获取该基站侧GTP TEID和数据D,并根据该基站侧GTP TEID和如上所述确定的第一映射关系,确定该数据D是来自目标用户设备的上行数据,从而,基站可以(例如,通过S1接口)向网关设备(例如,PDN-GW)发送该目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧(例如,EPC)的上行数据D。After receiving the data packet E, the base station may decapsulate the data packet E through at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack to obtain the base station side GTP TEID and data D , and according to the base station side GTP TEID and the first mapping relationship determined as described above, it is determined that the data D is uplink data from the target user equipment, so that the base station can (for example, through the S1 interface) send a gateway device (for example, PDN - the GW) sends the uplink data D that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side (for example, EPC).

情况4Case 4

由于在该基站与网关设备之间设有至少两个承载,因此基站需要获知AP发送的数据包中所携带的各数据所属于的承载,以将各数据准确地发送至网络侧,从而,AP也需要获知目标用户设备发送的各数据所属于的承载,目标用户设备可以在封装发送给AP数据包时,在数据包中添加指示各数据所属于的承载的标识。Since there are at least two bearers between the base station and the gateway device, the base station needs to know the bearer to which each data carried in the data packet sent by the AP belongs to, so as to accurately send each data to the network side, thus, the AP It is also necessary to know the bearer to which each data sent by the target user equipment belongs, and the target user equipment may add an identifier indicating the bearer to which each data belongs to the data packet when encapsulating and sending the data packet to the AP.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the base station transmits target data with the user equipment via the GTP tunnel through the WLAN AP, including:

该基站通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载;The base station acquires second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data in the target data belongs;

该基站根据该第二承载指示信息,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载,该第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。The base station determines the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs according to the second bearer indication information, the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

并且,该基站通过该承载映射层获取该WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息,包括:And, the base station acquires the second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, including:

该基站通过该承载映射层,从封装有该上行目标数据的数据包内,获取该第二承载指示信息。The base station acquires the second bearer indication information from the data packet encapsulated with the uplink target data through the bearer mapping layer.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,例如,目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧的数据D由数据D1~数据Dn构成,其中,n与在基站和网关设备之间传输数据D所使用的承载的数量相同,目标用户设备可以在(例如,通过用户设备协议栈的至少一层和WiFi协议栈)封装数据包时,在数据包中增加用于指示数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载的指示信息(第二承载指示信息),从而,AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息,获知目标用户设备发送的数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present invention, for example, the data D that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side consists of data D1 to data Dn, where n is related to the bearer used to transmit data D between the base station and the gateway device are the same, the target user equipment may add an indication to the data packet to indicate the bearer to which the data D1-data Dn belong when encapsulating the data packet (for example, through at least one layer of the user equipment protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack) information (second bearer indication information), so that the AP can know the bearers to which the data D1 to data Dn sent by the target user equipment belong according to the second bearer indication information.

需要说明的是,用户设备协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,在数据包中封装入该第二承载指示信息。It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer shown in the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, the The MAC layer encapsulates the second bearer indication information in the data packet.

并且,在本发明实施例中,对数据D1~数据Dn进行封装处理而生成的数据包可以是一个,也可以是n个,本发明并不特别限定。Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the number of data packets generated by encapsulating the data D1 to Dn may be one or n, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

另外,在本发明实施例中,还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于在数据包中封装入该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使在WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。在本发明实施例中,该承载映射层可以设置在PDCP层之上,也可以设置在PDCP层与RLC层之间,也可以设置在RLC层与MAC层之间,本发明并未特别限定。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of the bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the second bearer indication information in the data packet may also be added in the user equipment protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack aggregates on the bearer mapping layer. In the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be set above the PDCP layer, or between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or between the RLC layer and the MAC layer, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

从而,AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息,获知用户设备发送的数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载。需要说明的是,AP的WiFi协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在AP的GTP协议栈聚合在WiFi协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,从数据包中获取该第二承载指示信息。并且,在本发明实施例中,还可以在GTP协议栈中增加用于从数据包获取该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使在GTP协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。Therefore, the AP can learn the bearers to which the data D1 to Dn sent by the user equipment belong according to the second bearer indication information. It should be noted that the MAC layer of the AP's WiFi protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer shown in the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the AP's GTP protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the WiFi protocol stack, it can Obtain the second bearer indication information from the data packet through the MAC layer. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of the bearer mapping layer) for obtaining the second bearer indication information from the data packet may also be added in the GTP protocol stack, and the GTP protocol stack is aggregated on the bearer on the mapping layer.

需要说明的是,如果采用在数据包中添加承载指示信息的方式来指示数据所属于的承载,则基站与AP可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系信息和第二映射关系信息,确定在彼此之间传输的数据所属于的用户设备。It should be noted that, if the bearer indication information is added to the data packet to indicate the bearer to which the data belongs, the base station and the AP can determine that the The user devices that the data transferred between them belong to.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该基站经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the base station transmits target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:

该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;determining, by the base station, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;

该基站经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。The base station transmits the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel.

并且,该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道,包括:And, the base station determines the second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs, including:

该基站确定与上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二GTP隧道;The base station determines a second uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs;

该基站向该WLAN AP发送第三映射关系信息,该第三映射关系信息用于指示该上行第二GTP隧道的TEID与该上行目标数据所属于的承载之间的映射关系;以及The base station sends third mapping relationship information to the WLAN AP, where the third mapping relationship information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the TEID of the uplink second GTP tunnel and the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; and

该基站经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输,包括:The base station transmits the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel, including:

当经由该上行第二GTP隧道接收该WLAN AP发送的数据时,该基站根据该第三映射关系信息,确定所接收到的数据所属于的承载;When receiving data sent by the WLAN AP via the second uplink GTP tunnel, the base station determines the bearer to which the received data belongs according to the third mapping relationship information;

根据所接收到的数据所属于的承载,确定经由该上行第二GTP隧道接收到的数据为该用户设备发送的目标上行数据。According to the bearer to which the received data belongs, it is determined that the data received via the second uplink GTP tunnel is the target uplink data sent by the user equipment.

具体地说,在本发明实施例中,目标用户设备可以在(例如,通过用户设备协议栈的至少一层和WiFi协议栈)封装数据包时,在数据包中增加用于指示数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载的指示信息(第二承载指示信息),从而,AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息,获知目标用户设备发送的数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the target user equipment encapsulates the data packet (for example, through at least one layer of the user equipment protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack), it may add an indicator for indicating data D1 to data D1 in the data packet. The indication information of the bearer to which Dn belongs (second bearer indication information), so that the AP can learn the bearers to which the data D1 to Dn sent by the target user equipment belong according to the second bearer indication information.

需要说明的是,用户设备协议栈的MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在UE的WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的MAC协议栈上时,可以通过该MAC层,在数据包中封装入该第二承载指示信息。It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the UE's WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, it can Through the MAC layer, the second bearer indication information is encapsulated in the data packet.

并且,在本发明实施例中,对数据D1~数据Dn进行封装处理而生成的数据包可以是一个,也可以是n个,本发明并不特别限定。Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the number of data packets generated by encapsulating the data D1 to Dn may be one or n, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

另外,在本发明实施例中,还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于在数据包中封装入该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例),并使在WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。在本发明实施例中,该承载映射层可以设置在PDCP层之上,也可以设置在PDCP层与RLC层之间,也可以设置在RLC层与MAC层之间,本发明并未特别限定。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of the bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the second bearer indication information in the data packet may also be added in the user equipment protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack aggregates on the bearer mapping layer. In the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be set above the PDCP layer, or between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or between the RLC layer and the MAC layer, which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息,获知基站发送的数据D1~数据Dn所属于的承载。AP可以根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定该数据D1~数据Dn需要发送给基站。The AP may know the bearers to which the data D1 to Dn sent by the base station belong according to the second bearer indication information. The AP may determine that the data D1 to Dn need to be sent to the base station according to the identity information of the user equipment.

基站与AP之间可以建立n个上行GTP隧道,以使每个上行GTP隧道仅用于传输一个承载上的上行数据,基站可以为每个上行GTP隧道分配一个基站侧GTP TEID,并通知AP通知,并且基站可以确定各用户设备所述对应的各承载与各上行GTP隧道之间的映射关系(第三映射关系),并通知AP,从而,AP可以根据上述各基站侧GTP TEID与各上行GTP隧道之间的映射关系以及各承载与各上行GTP隧道之间的映射关系,对数据D1~数据Dn进行封装处理而生成n个数据包,并通过与各数据相对应的隧道传输各数据包。n uplink GTP tunnels can be established between the base station and the AP, so that each uplink GTP tunnel is only used to transmit uplink data on one bearer, and the base station can allocate a base station side GTP TEID for each uplink GTP tunnel, and notify the AP to notify , and the base station can determine the mapping relationship (the third mapping relationship) between each corresponding bearer of each user equipment and each uplink GTP tunnel, and notify the AP, so that the AP can use the above-mentioned GTP TEID on each base station side and each uplink GTP tunnel For the mapping relationship between tunnels and the mapping relationship between each bearer and each uplink GTP tunnel, encapsulate the data D1 to Dn to generate n data packets, and transmit each data packet through the tunnel corresponding to each data.

例如,AP可以将与数据D1相对应的上行GTP隧道的基站侧GTP TEID封装入数据包D1,并将该数据包D1发送给基站。通过类似的方法,AP可生成数据包D2~数据包Dn并发送给基站。For example, the AP may encapsulate the base station side GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data D1 into the data packet D1, and send the data packet D1 to the base station. Through a similar method, the AP can generate data packets D2 to Dn and send them to the base station.

基站对该数据包D1进行解封装处理后,能够获知与数据D1相对应的上行GTP隧道的基站侧GTP TEID,从而能够确定传输该数据包D1的上行GTP隧道,进而,可以根据如上所述确定的第三映射关系,确定该上行数据所属于的承载,以及发送该上行数据的用户设备。After the base station decapsulates the data packet D1, it can know the base station-side GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data D1, so as to determine the uplink GTP tunnel through which the data packet D1 is transmitted, and then, it can be determined as described above The third mapping relationship is to determine the bearer to which the uplink data belongs and the user equipment that sends the uplink data.

其后,基站可以(例如,通过S1接口)向网关设备(例如,PDN-GW)发送的如上所述获取的目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧(例如,EPC)的上行数据,并将各数据通过所对应的承载,发送给网络侧。Thereafter, the base station may send (for example, through the S1 interface) to the gateway device (for example, the PDN-GW) the uplink data acquired by the target user equipment as described above that needs to be sent to the network side (for example, the EPC), and each data It is sent to the network side through the corresponding bearer.

可选地,当该目标数据是该承载上的部分数据时,该方法还包括:Optionally, when the target data is part of the data on the bearer, the method further includes:

该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈,与该用户设备进行非目标数据的传输,其中,该非目标数据是该承载上的全部数据中,除该目标数据以外的数据。The base station transmits non-target data with the user equipment through the first base station-side protocol stack, where the non-target data is data other than the target data among all data on the bearer.

具体地说,当数据D是目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧的全部数据中的一部分时,目标用户设备还需要将剩余部分(以下称为数据F)通过用于基站与用户设备之间通信的载波(第四载波的一例)发送给基站,该过程与方法可以与现有技术相同或相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。Specifically, when the data D is a part of all data that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side, the target user equipment also needs to send the remaining part (hereinafter referred to as data F) through the The carrier (an example of the fourth carrier) is sent to the base station. The process and method may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, to avoid redundant description, its description is omitted.

由此,完成了上行数据的传输过程。Thus, the uplink data transmission process is completed.

图6是根据本发明一实施例的上行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 6 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting uplink data according to an embodiment of the present invention.

如图6所示,在S310,UE可以将其MAC地址发送给MME。As shown in Fig. 6, at S310, the UE may send its MAC address to the MME.

在S320,MME可以将该UE的MAC地址发送给基站。At S320, the MME may send the MAC address of the UE to the base station.

在S330,基站可以将该UE的MAC地址和为该UE分配的基站侧GTP TEID发送给AP。At S330, the base station may send the MAC address of the UE and the base station side GTP TEID allocated for the UE to the AP.

在S340,AP可以其为该UE分配的AP侧GTP TEID发送给基站。At S340, the AP may send the AP-side GTP TEID allocated for the UE to the base station.

在S350,UE可以向该AP发送数据包。At S350, the UE may send a data packet to the AP.

在S360,AP可以根据该MAC地址,确定该数据包中携带的数据需要发送给基站,并且可以将该基站侧GTP TEID封装在数据包内,并将该数据包发送给基站。At S360, the AP may determine, according to the MAC address, that the data carried in the data packet needs to be sent to the base station, and may encapsulate the base station side GTP TEID in the data packet, and send the data packet to the base station.

在S370,基站根据该基站侧GTP TEID确定该数据包内携带的数据是来自UE的。At S370, the base station determines, according to the GTP TEID at the base station side, that the data carried in the data packet is from the UE.

需要说明的是,以上列举了由与基站进行通信AP(以下,为了便于区分简称AP1)直接与用户设备之间传输数据的实施例,但本发明并未限定于此,例如,当用户设备通过未与与基站进行通信AP(以下,为了便于区分简称AP2)时,在下行时,基站可以将下行数据发送给AP1,AP1通过无线局域网通信方式将该下行数据传输给AP2,从而,AP2可以将该下行数据传输给用户设备。在上行时,用户设备可以将上行数据传输给AP2,AP2通过无线局域网通信方式将该下行数据传输给AP1,从而,AP1可以将该上行数据传输给基站。It should be noted that, the above exemplifies the embodiment in which the AP communicating with the base station (hereinafter referred to as AP1 for ease of distinction) directly transmits data with the user equipment, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when the user equipment passes When the AP (hereinafter referred to as AP2) is not in communication with the base station, the base station can send the downlink data to AP1 during the downlink, and AP1 transmits the downlink data to AP2 through wireless local area network communication, so that AP2 can send the downlink data to AP2. The downlink data is transmitted to the user equipment. During uplink, the user equipment can transmit uplink data to AP2, and AP2 transmits the downlink data to AP1 through wireless local area network communication, so that AP1 can transmit the uplink data to the base station.

并且,在本发明实施例中,AP1与AP2之间可以直接传输数据,也可以经由其他中继设备(例如,一个或多个AP)进行数据传输,本发明并未特别限定。Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, data may be directly transmitted between AP1 and AP2, or may be transmitted via other relay devices (for example, one or more APs), which is not particularly limited in the present invention.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

下面,对WLAN AP在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传输时的动作进行说明。Next, the actions of the WLAN AP when performing data transmission according to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.

图7示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法400的示意性流程图,该方法400由通信系统中的无线局域网接入点WLAN AP执行,该通信系统还包括基站和用户设备,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 400 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 400 is executed by a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP in a communication system. The communication system also includes a base station and a user equipment. A bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is provided between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes:

S420,经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。S420. Transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the target data is on the bearer all or part of the data.

可选地,在经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前,该方法400还包括:Optionally, before transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, the method 400 further includes:

接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;receiving the first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;

根据该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息,确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽;Determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information;

向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。Sending first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,在经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前,该方法400还包括:Optionally, before transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, the method 400 further includes:

向该基站发送用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息,以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的,用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。sending to the base station second capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station can determine the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information. channel bandwidth, wherein the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.

可选地,该方法400还包括:Optionally, the method 400 also includes:

向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Sending channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and the time when the switching is completed.

可选地,该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:Optionally, transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

S410,接收该基站发送的第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备S410. Receive first offloading instruction information sent by the base station, where the first offloading instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading instruction information includes identity information of the user equipment , where an identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system

根据该第一分流指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。According to the first offloading indication information, transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel.

可选地,该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:Optionally, transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

根据该用户设备的用户信息,确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;Determine the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment according to the user information of the user equipment;

经由该第一GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。The target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息,并向该用户设备转发该第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载;或receiving the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forwarding the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; or

接收该用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息,并向该基站转发该第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载。receiving the second bearer indication information sent by the user equipment, and forwarding the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs.

可选地,该WLAN AP具有第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,以及Optionally, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and

该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:The transmission of the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备;或input the data obtained from the base station into the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, transmit the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transfer the data from the second WLAN AP side protocol The data output by the stack is sent to the user equipment; or

将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。inputting the data obtained from the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, transmitting the output data from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transferring the data from the first WLAN AP side The data output by the protocol stack is sent to the base station.

可选地,在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈的与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理;以及Optionally, an adaptation layer is provided between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer is used to perform an AND with the data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between the protocol stacks on the second WLAN AP side; and

该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:The transmission of the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备;或Input the data obtained from the base station into the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and convert the data format of the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack through the adaptation layer. The data format is transmitted to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment; or

将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。The data obtained from the user equipment is input to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data format of the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is converted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack through the adaptation layer. The identified data format is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,包括:Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:

根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;determining a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs according to the identity information of the user equipment;

经由该第二GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。The target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

下面,对用户设备在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传输时的动作进行说明。Next, the actions of the user equipment when performing data transmission according to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.

图8示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法500的示意性流程图,该方法500由通信系统中的用户设备执行,该通信系统还包括基站和无线局域网接入点WLAN AP,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该方法包括:FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 500 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 500 is executed by a user equipment in a communication system, and the communication system further includes a base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP. A bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel is provided between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes:

S520,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。S520. Transmit target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the WLAN AP. The base stations are transmitted via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,在经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前,该方法还包括:Optionally, before transmitting target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes:

接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;receiving second capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;

根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽;Determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information;

向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。Sending first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,在经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前,该方法还包括:Optionally, before transmitting target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes:

向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该WLAN AP发送给该基站的,用于指示该WLANAP能够支持的信道带宽。sending to the base station first capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station can determine the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information. channel bandwidth, wherein the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.

可选地,该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, the transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:

接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;receiving second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;Determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

向该WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。sending the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.

可选地,该方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:

向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Sending channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and the time when the switching is completed.

可选地,该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:Optionally, the transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:

S510,接收该基站发送的第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输数据。S510. Receive second offloading instruction information sent by the base station, where the second offloading instruction information is used to instruct the user equipment to transmit data between the WLAN AP.

根据该第二分流指示信息,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。According to the second offloading instruction information, the target data is transmitted with the base station via the WLAN AP.

可选地,该用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈,该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及Optionally, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, and the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, The second user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, wherein at least one protocol of the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack layers connected, and

该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:The target data transmission with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:

通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。The target data is transmitted with the base station via the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈之间的转换处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连;以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to perform data transfer between at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. conversion processing between the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack are connected through the adaptation layer; and

该通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:The transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack includes:

将上行目标数据输入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该WLAN AP,以通过该WLAN AP发送给该基站,或input the uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and convert the data format of the data output from at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to the first user equipment side protocol stack through the adaptation layer The second user equipment side protocol stack can recognize the data format, and transmit it to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and send the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack to the WLAN AP, so as to send it to the WLAN AP through the WLAN AP. the base station, or

将从该WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,以获取下行目标数据。input the data obtained from the WLAN AP into the second user equipment side protocol stack, and convert the data format of the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack into the first user equipment side protocol stack through the adaptation layer A data format that can be recognized by at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain downlink target data.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the transmission of target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:

通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载,并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据所属于的承载,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二承载指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示信息或与该上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二GTP隧道,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载;或Determine the bearer to which the uplink target data in the target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and generate second bearer indication information through the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs , and send the second bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station determines according to the second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP or the second uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or

通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载,并根据该第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载,该第一承载指示信息是该WLAN AP从该基站获取的,或该WLAN AP根据与该下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二GTP隧道确定的。Obtaining first bearer indication information sent by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs, and according to the first bearer indication information, determine The bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or determined by the WLAN AP according to the second downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.

可选地,该第一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data among all the data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first user equipment side protocol stack layer is the reordering layer, and

该经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,包括:The target data transmission with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:

通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并通过该重排序层生成第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置;或Through the reordering layer, determine the position of the uplink target data in the target data among all the uplink data on the bearer, and generate second position indication information through the reordering layer, and the second position indication information is used to indicate the uplink position of the target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and send the second position indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the position of the uplink target data according to the second position indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP. position in all upstream data on the bearer; or

通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并根据该第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。Obtain the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, the first location indication information is used to indicate the location of the downlink target data in the target data among all the downlink data on the bearer, and according to the The first position indication information determines the position of the downlink target data in all the downlink data on the bearer, and the first position indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

以上,结合图1至图8详细说明了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,下面,结合图9至图11详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置。Above, the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 . Next, the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 to FIG. 11 .

图9示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置600的示意性框图。在该装置600与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,该装置600与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,该装置600包括:Fig. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. Between the device 600 and the gateway device, a bearer for transmitting user equipment data is provided, and a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel is provided between the device 600 and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP, and the device 600 includes:

第一基站侧协议栈610,用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理;The first base station side protocol stack 610, configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment;

第二基站侧协议栈620,用于实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二基站侧协议栈620与该第一基站侧协议栈610的至少一个协议层相连;The second base station side protocol stack 620 is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, wherein the second base station side protocol stack 620 is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack 610;

确定单元640,用于确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;A determining unit 640, configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

收发单元630,与该第二基站侧协议栈620相连,用于根据该确定单元640确定的该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。The transceiver unit 630 is connected to the second base station side protocol stack 620, and is configured to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth determined by the determining unit 640, wherein the Target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该收发单元630还用于接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽,该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该WLAN AP协商后确定的;Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is also configured to receive first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate that the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP The used channel bandwidth, the channel bandwidth is determined after negotiation between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

该确定单元640具体用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。The determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first channel bandwidth indication information.

可选地,该收发单元630还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,并接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;Optionally, the transceiving unit 630 is also configured to receive the first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and receive the first capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support. the second capability information of the channel bandwidth;

该确定单元640具体用于根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。The determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information.

可选地,该收发单元630还用于向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that determining, by the user equipment, uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

该收发单元630具体用于经由该GTP隧道,接收该WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该WLAN AP的。The transceiving unit 630 is specifically configured to receive the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data is sent to the WLAN AP by the user equipment.

可选地,该确定单元640还用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,其中,该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据;Optionally, the determining unit 640 is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of the downlink data on the bearer;

该收发单元630具体用于经由该GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。The transceiving unit 630 is specifically configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.

可选地,该收发单元630还用于接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间;Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is also configured to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP has switched and completed the time of the switch;

该收发单元630具体用于根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。The transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information.

可选地,该收发单元630还用于向该WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send first offload instruction information to the WLAN AP, where the first offload instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment, and the first offload instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment. The indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one piece of identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.

可选地,该收发单元630还用与向该用户设备发送第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示在该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输数据。Optionally, the transceiving unit 630 is further configured to send second offloading instruction information to the user equipment, where the second offloading instruction information is used to instruct data transmission between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该确定单元640还用与确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;Optionally, the determining unit 640 is also used to determine the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;

该收发单元630具体用于根据该信道带宽,经由该第一GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。The transceiving unit 630 is specifically configured to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该确定单元640还用于确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the determining unit 640 is further configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;

该收发单元630具体用于根据该信道带宽,经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。The transceiving unit 630 is specifically configured to transmit the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈620包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一基站侧协议栈610的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈620之间的转换处理,该第二基站侧协议栈620与该第一基站侧协议栈610的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连。Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to implement data between at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack 610 and the second base station side protocol stack 620 During conversion processing, at least one protocol layer of the second base station-side protocol stack 620 and the first base station-side protocol stack 610 is connected through the adaptation layer.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈620包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该确定单元640具体用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,并通过该承载映射层,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载,并通过该承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据所属于的承载;When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine the downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and through the The bearer mapping layer generates first bearer indication information, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs;

该收发单元630还用于向该WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载。The transceiving unit 630 is further configured to send the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment can determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈620包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该确定单元640具体用于通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载,该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的;When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the determining unit 640 is specifically configured to acquire second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate uplink target data The bearer it belongs to, the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;

用于根据该第二承载指示信息,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载,该第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。It is used to determine the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs according to the second bearer indication information, the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈610包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈610的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack 610 includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack 610 layer is the reordering layer, and

该确定单元640还用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,并通过该重排序层,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并通过该重排序层生成第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置;The determining unit 640 is further configured to determine the downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, determine the position of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer through the reordering layer, and generate the first location indication information, where the first location indication information is used to indicate the location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer;

该收发单元630还用于向该WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。The transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment can determine that the downlink target data is included in all downlink data on the bearer according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP. s position.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈610包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈610的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack 610 includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack 610 layer is the reordering layer, and

该确定单元640还用于通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的;The determining unit 640 is further configured to obtain second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, where the second location indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, the Uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;

用于根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。It is used to determine the position of the uplink target data in all the uplink data on the bearer according to the second position indication information, the second position indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置600可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的基站,并且,该传输数据的装置600中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法100的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 600 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the base station in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit or module in the device 600 for transmitting data and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively in order to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding flow of the method 100 in 4 will not be repeated here.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

图10示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置700的示意性框图。该装置700与基站之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,如图10所示,该装置700包括:Fig. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. A General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel is provided between the device 700 and the base station, and a bearer for transmitting user equipment data is provided between the base station and the gateway device. As shown in FIG. 10 , the device 700 includes:

第一WLAN AP侧协议栈710,用于实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理;The first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710, configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station;

第二WLAN AP侧协议栈720,与该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈710相连,用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理;The second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720 is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710, and is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment;

收发单元730,与该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈710和该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈720相连,用于经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。The transceiver unit 730 is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720, and is configured to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is Determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该收发单元730还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;Optionally, the transceiving unit 730 is further configured to receive first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;

该装置700还包括:The device 700 also includes:

确定单元740,用于根据该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息,确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽;以及A determining unit 740, configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information; and

该收发单元730还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。The transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该收发单元730还用于向该基站发送用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息,以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的,用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send second capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support to the base station, so that the base station can determine the channel bandwidth according to the first capability information and the second capability information. The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, wherein the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.

可选地,该收发单元730还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and when the switching is completed.

可选地,该收发单元730还用于接收该基站发送的第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备;Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to receive first offload indication information sent by the base station, where the first offload indication information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment, and the first offload The indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one piece of identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system;

用于根据该第一分流指示信息,经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。It is used for transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel according to the first offloading indication information.

可选地,该装置700还包括:确定单元740用于根据该用户设备的用户信息,确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;Optionally, the apparatus 700 further includes: a determining unit 740 configured to determine the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment according to the user information of the user equipment;

该收发单元730具体用于经由该第一GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。The transceiving unit 730 is specifically configured to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该收发单元730还用于接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息,并向该用户设备转发该第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载;或Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the transceiving unit 730 is further configured to receive first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forward the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, the first bearer indication information The bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; or

该收发单元730还用于接收该用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息,并向该基站转发该第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载。The transceiving unit 730 is further configured to receive second bearer indication information sent by the user equipment, and forward the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs.

可选地,在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈710与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈720之间设置有适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈710的与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈720之间的转换处理。Optionally, an adaptation layer is provided between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720, and the adaptation layer is used to implement data in the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 and the conversion process between the protocol stack 720 on the second WLAN AP side.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该装置700还包括:Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the apparatus 700 further includes:

确定单元740,用于根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;A determining unit 740, configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs according to the identity information of the user equipment;

该收发单元730具体用于经由该第二GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。The transceiving unit 730 is specifically configured to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置700可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的AP,并且,该传输数据的装置700中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7中的方法400的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 700 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the AP in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit or module in the device 700 for transmitting data and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively in order to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of the method 400 in 7 is not repeated here.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

图11示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置800的示意性框图。如图11所示,该装置800包括:Fig. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 800 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 11, the device 800 includes:

第一用户设备侧协议栈810,用于实现与基站之间通信的数据处理,其中,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载,该基站与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道;The first user equipment side protocol stack 810 is configured to implement data processing for communication with a base station, wherein a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, and the base station is connected to a wireless local area network There is a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel between the entry point WLAN APs;

第二用户设备侧协议栈820,用于实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈820与该第一用户设备侧协议栈810的至少一个协议层相连;A second user equipment side protocol stack 820, configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 ;

收发单元830,与该第二用户设备侧协议栈820相连,用于经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。The transceiver unit 830 is connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack 820, and is used to transmit target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, wherein the target data is based on the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. The used channel bandwidth is determined, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该收发单元830还用于接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;Optionally, the transceiving unit 830 is also configured to receive second capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;

该装置800还包括:The device 800 also includes:

确定单元840,用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽;A determining unit 840, configured to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information;

该收发单元830还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。The transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该收发单元830还用于向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该WLAN AP发送给该基站的,用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send to the base station first capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station can determine the channel bandwidth according to the first capability information and the second capability information. The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, wherein the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.

可选地,该收发单元830还用于接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is also configured to receive second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

该装置800还包括:The device 800 also includes:

确定单元840,用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;A determining unit 840, configured to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

该收发单元830具体用于向该WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。The transceiving unit 830 is specifically configured to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.

可选地,该收发单元830还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and when the switching is completed.

可选地,该收发单元830还用于接收该基站发送的第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输数据。Optionally, the transceiving unit 830 is further configured to receive second offloading instruction information sent by the base station, where the second offloading instruction information is used to instruct the user equipment to transmit data between the WLAN AP.

用于根据该第二分流指示信息,确定需要经由该WLAN AP与该基站进行数据传输。It is used for determining, according to the second offload indication information, that data transmission needs to be performed with the base station via the WLAN AP.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈820包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈810的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈820之间的转换处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈820与该第一用户设备侧协议栈810的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连。Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to implement at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 and the second user equipment side protocol for data. For conversion processing between stacks 820, at least one protocol layer of the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 and the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 is connected through the adaptation layer.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈820包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers,

该发送单元还用于通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载,并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据所属于的承载,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二承载指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示信息或与该上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二GTP隧道,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载;或The sending unit is further configured to determine the bearer to which the uplink target data in the target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and generate second bearer indication information through the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the uplink the bearer to which the target data belongs, and send the second bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards the second bearer indication information or the uplink corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs The second GTP tunnel, determining the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or

该发送单元还用于通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载,并根据该第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载,该第一承载指示信息是该WLAN AP从该基站获取的,或该WLAN AP根据与该下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二GTP隧道确定的。The sending unit is further configured to obtain the first bearer indication information sent by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs, and according to the first bearer indication information A bearer indication information to determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP according to the downlink first bearer corresponding to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs Two GTP tunnels identified.

可选地,该第一用户设备侧协议栈810包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈810的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 includes at least a protocol layer for the reordering layer, and

该收发单元830还用于通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并通过该重排序层生成第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置;或The transceiving unit 830 is also configured to determine the position of the uplink target data in the target data among all the uplink data on the bearer through the reordering layer, and generate second position indication information through the reordering layer, the second position The indication information is used to indicate the position of the uplink target data in all the uplink data on the bearer, and send the second position indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards the second position indication information according to the WLAN AP, determining the position of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or

该收发单元830还用于通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并根据该第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。The transceiving unit 830 is also configured to obtain the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, the first location indication information is used to indicate all downlink data of the downlink target data in the target data on the bearer and determine the position of the downlink target data in all the downlink data on the bearer according to the first position indication information, which is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置800可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备(目标用户设备),并且,该传输数据的装置800中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8中的方法500的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The apparatus 800 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 800 for transmitting data is a module and the above-mentioned other operations and/or or functions are respectively to realize the corresponding flow of the method 500 in FIG. 8 , and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here again.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

以上,结合图1至图8详细说明了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,下面,结合图12至图14详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备。The method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8 . Next, the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14 .

图12示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备900的示意性框图。在该设备900与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,该设备与该WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道如图12所示,该设备900包括:Fig. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 900 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. Between the device 900 and the gateway device, a bearer for transmitting user equipment data is provided, and a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is provided between the device and the WLAN AP. As shown in FIG. 12 , the device 900 includes:

总线910;bus 910;

与该总线910相连的处理器920;A processor 920 connected to the bus 910;

与该总线910相连的存储器930;A memory 930 connected to the bus 910;

与该总线910相连的收发器940A transceiver 940 connected to the bus 910

其中,该处理器920通过该总线910,调用该存储器930中存储的程序,以用于确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;Wherein, the processor 920 calls the program stored in the memory 930 through the bus 910, so as to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

用于根据该信道带宽,控制该收发器940经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。and controlling the transceiver 940 to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth, wherein the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽,该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该WLAN AP协商后确定的;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to receive first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs is determined after negotiation between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;

用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。It is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first channel bandwidth indication information.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以及该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLANAP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to receive the first capability information sent by the user equipment for indicating the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and the first capability information sent by the WLAN AP for indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support. The second capability information of the channel bandwidth that can be supported;

用于根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。It is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. channel bandwidth, so that the user equipment determines uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

用于控制该收发器940经由该GTP隧道,接收该WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该WLAN AP的。It is used to control the transceiver 940 to receive the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据,其中,该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of the downlink data on the bearer;

用于控制该收发器940经由该GTP隧道,向该WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。It is used for controlling the transceiver 940 to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940接收该用户设备或该WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the channel switching information used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. Channel switching occurs and the time when the switching is completed;

用于根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,控制该收发器940经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。and controlling the transceiver 940 to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940向该WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send first offload instruction information to the WLAN AP, where the first offload instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment , the first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one piece of identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940向该用户设备发送第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示在该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输数据。Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send second offloading instruction information to the user equipment, where the second offloading instruction information is used to instruct data transmission between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该处理器920具体用于确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;

用于根据该信道带宽,控制该收发器940经由该第一GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。and controlling the transceiver 940 to transmit target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,可选地,该处理器920具体用于确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;

用于根据该信道带宽,控制该收发器940经由该第二GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。and controlling the transceiver 940 to transmit the target data with the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth.

可选地,该设备具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈,该第一基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,该第二基站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及Optionally, the device has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, the first base station side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the base station side, and the second base station side protocol stack The protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the base station side, wherein the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and

该处理器920具体用于根据该信道带宽,控制该收发器940通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。The processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to pass through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack according to the channel bandwidth, through the GTP tunnel, through the WLAN AP and the user The device performs the transfer of the target data.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处理,该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to convert data between at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack Processing, the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through the adaptation layer, and

该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940将根据该信道带宽确定的下行目标数据输入至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二基站侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二基站侧协议栈,将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据经由该GTP隧道发送给该WLAN AP,以通过该WLAN AP发送给该用户设备;或The processor 920 is specifically used to control the transceiver 940 to input the downlink target data determined according to the channel bandwidth to at least one protocol layer of the protocol stack on the first base station side, through which the first base station side protocol The data format of the data output by at least one protocol layer of the stack is converted into a data format recognizable by the second base station side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second base station side protocol stack, and the data output from the second base station side protocol stack Send to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so as to send to the user equipment through the WLAN AP; or

该处理器920具体用于控制该收发器940将经由该GTP隧道从该WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二基站侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,以获取该用户设备的上行目标数据,该上行目标数据是该用户设备根据该信道带宽确定的。The processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to input the data obtained from the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to the second base station side protocol stack, and output the data from the second base station side protocol stack through the adaptation layer The data format of the data is converted into a data format that can be recognized by at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack to obtain the uplink target data of the user equipment, The uplink target data is determined by the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该处理器920具体用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据;When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth;

用于通过该承载映射层,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载,并通过该承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据所属于的承载;Determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and generate first bearer indication information through the bearer mapping layer, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs;

用于控制该收发器940向该WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载。and controlling the transceiver 940 to send the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.

可选地,该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该处理器920具体用于通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载,该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的;When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the processor 920 is specifically configured to obtain, through the bearer mapping layer, second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate uplink target data The bearer it belongs to, the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;

用于根据该第二承载指示信息,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载,该第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。It is used to determine the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs according to the second bearer indication information, the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and

该处理器920具体用于根据该信道带宽,确定下行目标数据;The processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth;

用于通过该重排序层,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并通过该重排序层生成第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置;Determine the position of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer through the reordering layer, and generate first position indication information through the reordering layer, where the first position indication information is used to indicate the downlink target The location of the data in all downlink data on the bearer;

用于控制该收发器940向该WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息,以便于该用户设备根据该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。It is used to control the transceiver 940 to send the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines that the downlink target data is included in all downlink data on the bearer according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP s position.

可选地,该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and

该处理器920具体用于通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的;The processor 920 is specifically configured to obtain the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, the second location indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, the Uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;

用于根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。It is used to determine the position of the uplink target data in all the uplink data on the bearer according to the second position indication information, the second position indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备900可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的基站,并且,该传输数据的设备900中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法100的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 900 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the base station in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit or module in the device 900 for transmitting data and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively in order to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding flow of the method 100 in 4 will not be repeated here.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

图13示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备1000的示意性框图。该设备1000与基站之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,在该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,如图13所示,该设备1000包括:Fig. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 1000 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. A General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel is set between the device 1000 and the base station, and a bearer for transmitting user equipment data is set between the base station and the gateway device. As shown in FIG. 13 , the device 1000 includes:

总线1010;bus 1010;

与该总线1010相连的处理器1020;A processor 1020 connected to the bus 1010;

与该总线1010相连的存储器1030;A memory 1030 connected to the bus 1010;

与该总线1010相连的收发器1040A transceiver 1040 connected to the bus 1010

其中,该处理器1020通过该总线1010,调用该存储器1030中存储的程序,以用于控制该收发器1040经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。Wherein, the processor 1020 invokes the program stored in the memory 1030 through the bus 1010, so as to control the transceiver 1040 to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is Determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息;Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the first capability information sent by the user equipment and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;

用于根据该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息,确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽;It is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information;

用于控制该收发器1040向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。It is used to control the transceiver 1040 to send first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040向该基站发送用于指示该WLANAP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息,以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的,用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to send to the base station second capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the WLANAP can support, so that the base station information to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, wherein the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.

可选地,该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate switching of a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP and to complete the communication. time to switch.

可选地,该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040接收该基站发送的第一分流指示信息,该第一分流指示信息用于指示该WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据,该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息,其中,一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备;Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive first offload instruction information sent by the base station, where the first offload instruction information is used to instruct the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment , the first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where the identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system;

用于根据该第一分流指示信息,控制该收发器1040经由该GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。and controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel according to the first offloading indication information.

可选地,该处理器1020具体用于根据该用户设备的用户信息,确定与该用户设备相对应的第一GTP隧道;Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to determine the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment according to the user information of the user equipment;

用于控制该收发器1040经由该第一GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。It is used for controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.

可选地当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息,并向该用户设备转发该第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载;或Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forward the first bearer indication to the user equipment information, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; or

该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040接收该用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息,并向该基站转发该第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载。The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the second bearer indication information sent by the user equipment, and forward the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate that the uplink target data belongs to bearer.

可选地,该设备具有第一WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,该第一WLANAP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该WLAN AP侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,以及Optionally, the device has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, the second Two WLAN AP side protocol stacks are used to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and

该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备;或The processor 1020 is specifically used to control the transceiver 1040 to input the data obtained from the base station into the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmit the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side A protocol stack, sending the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment; or

该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input the data obtained from the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmit the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP The side protocol stack sends the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the base station.

可选地,在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈的与该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理;以及Optionally, an adaptation layer is provided between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer is used to perform an AND with the data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between the protocol stacks on the second WLAN AP side; and

该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备;或The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input the data obtained from the base station to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and to output the data from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack through the adaptation layer in a data format converting into a data format recognizable by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and sending the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment; or

该处理器1020具体用于控制该收发器1040将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二WLAN AP侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第一WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input the data obtained from the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and pass the adaptation layer to output data from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack The format is converted into a data format recognizable by the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.

可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该处理器1020具体用于根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二GTP隧道;Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs according to the identity information of the user equipment;

用于控制该收发器1040经由该第二GTP隧道,与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。It is used for controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备1000可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的AP,并且,该传输数据的设备1000中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7中的方法400的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The device 1000 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the AP in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit or module in the device 1000 for transmitting data and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively in order to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of the method 400 in 7 is not repeated here.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

图14示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备1100的示意性框图。如图11所示,该设备1100包括:Fig. 14 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 1100 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 11, the device 1100 includes:

总线1110;bus 1110;

与该总线1110相连的处理器1120;A processor 1120 connected to the bus 1110;

与该总线1110相连的存储器1130;A memory 1130 connected to the bus 1110;

与该总线1110相连的收发器1140The transceiver 1140 connected to the bus 1110

其中,该处理器1120通过该总线1110,调用该存储器1130中存储的程序,以用于控制该收发器1140经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。Wherein, the processor 1120 invokes the program stored in the memory 1130 via the bus 1110 to control the transceiver 1140 to transmit target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, wherein the target data is based on the The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is determined, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140接收该WLAN AP发送的用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息;Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive second capability information sent by the WLAN AP and used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;

用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽;It is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information;

用于控制该收发器1140向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息,其中,该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。It is used to control the transceiver 1140 to send first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该WLAN AP发送给该基站的,用于指示该WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to send to the base station first capability information indicating the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station can use the first capability information and the second The capability information determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, wherein the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽;Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. channel bandwidth;

用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中,该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据;It is used to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;

用于控制该收发器1140向该WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该WLAN AP经由该GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。It is used to control the transceiver 1140 to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140向该基站发送信道切换信息,该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate switching of a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP and to complete the communication. time to switch.

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140接收该基站发送的第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该WLAN AP之间传输数据。Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive second offload instruction information sent by the base station, where the second offload instruction information is used to instruct the user equipment to transmit data between the WLAN AP.

用于根据该第二分流指示信息,控制该收发器1140经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。It is used for controlling the transceiver 1140 to transmit target data with the base station via the WLAN AP according to the second offload instruction information.

可选地,该设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈,该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理,其中,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连,以及Optionally, the device has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, the The second user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack is identical to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack connected, and

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈,经由该WLAN AP,与该基站进行目标数据的传输。Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to exchange target data with the base station via the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. transmission.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层,该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈之间的转换处理,该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连;以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is used to perform data transfer between at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. conversion processing between the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack are connected through the adaptation layer; and

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140将上行目标数据输入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该WLANAP,以通过该WLAN AP发送给该基站,或Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to input the uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the protocol stack on the first user equipment side, and transfer the protocol from the first user equipment side to the protocol layer through the adaptation layer. The data format of the data output by at least one protocol layer of the stack is converted into a data format recognizable by the second user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the data format from the second user equipment side protocol stack The output data is sent to the WLAN AP to be sent to the base station via the WLAN AP, or

该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140将从该WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式,并传输至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,以获取下行目标数据。The processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to input the data obtained from the WLAN AP to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and to output the data from the second user equipment side protocol stack through the adaptation layer The data format is converted into a data format recognizable by at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain downlink target data.

可选地,该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括承载映射层,该承载映射层用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载,以及Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine the bearer to which the target data belongs, and

当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载,并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据所属于的承载,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二承载指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示信息或与该上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二GTP隧道,确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载;或When the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to determine the bearer to which the uplink target data in the target data belongs through the bearer mapping layer, and map The layer generates second bearer indication information, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, and sends the second bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards the WLAN AP according to the The second bearer indication information or the second uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs determines the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or

该处理器1120具体用于控制该收发器1140通过该承载映射层,获取该WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载,并根据该第一承载指示信息,确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载,该第一承载指示信息是该WLAN AP从该基站获取的,或该WLAN AP根据与该下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二GTP隧道确定的。The processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to obtain the first bearer indication information sent by the WLAN AP through the bearer mapping layer, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the target data to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs. bearer, and determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs according to the first bearer indication information, the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP according to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs The bearer is determined by the corresponding downlink second GTP tunnel.

可选地,该第一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层,该重排序层用于确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为该重排序层,以及Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, the reordering layer is used to determine the position of the target data among all the data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first user equipment side protocol stack layer is the reordering layer, and

可选地,该处理器1120具体用于通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并通过该重排序层生成第二位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置,并向该WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息,以便于该基站根据该WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置;或Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to use the reordering layer to determine the position of the uplink target data in the target data among all the uplink data on the bearer, and generate second position indication information through the reordering layer, The second position indication information is used to indicate the position of the uplink target data in all the uplink data on the bearer, and send the second position indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards the second position according to the WLAN AP. position indication information, determining the position of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or

该处理器1120具体用于通过该重排序层,获取该WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,并根据该第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置,该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给该WLAN AP的。The processor 1120 is specifically configured to obtain the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP through the reordering layer, the first location indication information is used to indicate all downlink data of the downlink target data in the target data on the bearer and determine the position of the downlink target data in all the downlink data on the bearer according to the first position indication information, which is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备1100可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备(目标用户设备),并且,该传输数据的设备1100中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8中的方法500的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The data transmission device 1100 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the data transmission device 1100 is a module and other operations and/or the above-mentioned or functions are respectively to realize the corresponding flow of the method 500 in FIG. 8 , and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here again.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

图15是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的系统1200的示意性架构图。如图15所示,该系统1200包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic architecture diagram of a system 1200 for transmitting signals according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 15, the system 1200 includes:

基站1210,该基站与网关设备之间,设有用于传输用户设备1230的数据的承载,该基站与无线局域网接入点WLAN AP1220之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议GTP隧道,用于确定该用户设备1230与该WLAN AP1220之间通信所使用的信道带宽,并根据该信道带宽,经由该GTP隧道,通过该WLAN AP1220与该用户设备1230进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据;Base station 1210, between the base station and the gateway device, there is a bearer for transmitting the data of the user equipment 1230, between the base station and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP1220, there is a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol GTP tunnel, used to determine the The channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment 1230 and the WLAN AP 1220, and according to the channel bandwidth, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP 1220 and the user equipment 1230 via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is the bearer all or part of the data on

WLAN AP1220,用于经由该GTP隧道,与该基站1210传输该用户设备1230的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备1230与该WLAN AP1220之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据;The WLAN AP 1220 is configured to transmit the target data of the user equipment 1230 with the base station 1210 via the GTP tunnel, wherein the target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment 1230 and the WLAN AP 1220, the The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer;

用户设备1230,用于经由该WLAN AP1220,与该基站1210进行目标数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备1230与该WLAN AP1220之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该WLAN AP1220与该基站1210之间是经由该GTP隧道传输的,该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。The user equipment 1230 is configured to transmit target data with the base station 1210 via the WLAN AP 1220, wherein the target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment 1230 and the WLAN AP 1220, and the target data The transmission between the WLAN AP 1220 and the base station 1210 is via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的系统1200中,基站1210可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的基站,并且,该基站1210中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法100的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。WLAN AP1220可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的AP,并且,该WLAN AP1220中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7中的方法400的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。用户设备1230可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备(目标用户设备),并且,该基站中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8中的方法500的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In the system 1200 for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, the base station 1210 may correspond to the base station in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit or module in the base station 1210 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are for realizing For the sake of brevity, the corresponding flow of the method 100 in FIG. 4 will not be repeated here. The WLAN AP 1220 may correspond to the AP in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the WLAN AP 1220, that is, a module, and other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding flow of the method 400 in FIG. 7 , and for the sake of simplicity, I won't repeat them here. The user equipment 1230 may correspond to the user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the base station, that is, a module, and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the method 500 in FIG. 8 For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process is not repeated here.

根据本发明实施例的传输数据的系统,通过基站在确定需要通过WLAN AP对UE的数据进行分流后,通过GTP隧道与WLAN AP之间传输UE的数据(包括上行数据或下行数据),能够使分流锚点位于基站,并且,通过基站确定用户设备与WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,能够使基站根据该信道带宽,确定分流流量,从而提高分流效果,并且,由于WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过WLAN建立通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同,从而,能够保证业务连续性,改善用户体验。According to the data transmission system of the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded through the WLAN AP, the data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offload effect, and, because the data offloaded by the WLAN AP Reaching the gateway device via the base station can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving user experience.

应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.

应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present invention, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, rather than by the embodiment of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present invention.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the essence of the technical solution of the present invention or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes. .

以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto. Anyone skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present invention. Should be covered within the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the present invention should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (64)

1. a kind of method for transmitting data, which is characterized in that executed by the base station in communication system, the communication system further includes Wireless local network connecting point WLAN AP and user equipment, between the base station and gateway, equipped with being used for transmission the use The carrying of the data of family equipment is equipped with general packet wireless service tunnel protocol GTP tunnel between the base station and the WLAN AP Road, which comprises
Determine channel width used in communicating between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;
According to the channel width, via the GTP tunnel, number of targets is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment According to transmission, wherein the target data is all or part of data in the carrying;
Channel width used in being communicated between the determination user equipment and the WLAN AP, comprising:
Receive the first channel width instruction information that the user equipment or the WLAN AP are sent, wherein first channel Bandwidth instruction information, which is used to indicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, communicates used channel width, the channel Bandwidth is determined after being negotiated by the user equipment and the WLAN AP;
Information is indicated according to first channel width, is determined to communicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP and is used Channel width.
2. the method according to claim 1, wherein the determination user equipment and the WLAN AP it Between communicate used in channel width further include:
Receive the first ability letter for being used to indicate the channel width that the user equipment can be supported that the user equipment is sent Breath;
Receive the second ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported that the WLAN AP is sent;
According to the first ability information and the second ability information, determine between the user equipment and the WLAN AP Channel width used in communicating.
3. according to the method described in claim 2, it is characterized in that, described according to the channel width, via the GTP tunnel Road carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
Second channel bandwidth, which is sent, to the user equipment indicates that information, the second channel bandwidth instruction information are used to indicate institute Channel width used in communicating between user equipment and the WLAN AP is stated, in order to which the user equipment is according to described the Two channel widths indicate information, determine uplink target data, wherein the target upstream data be whole in the carrying or Part upstream data;
Via the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data that the WLAN AP is sent is received, the uplink target data is The user equipment is sent to the WLAN AP's.
4. according to the method in any one of claims 1 to 3, which is characterized in that it is described according to the channel width, via The GTP tunnel carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
According to the channel width, down target data are determined, wherein the target downlink data are the wholes in the carrying Or part downlink data;
Via the GTP tunnel, the down target data are sent to the WLAN AP, in order to which the WLAN AP is to described User equipment forwards the down target data.
5. according to the method described in claim 4, it is characterized in that, the method also includes:
The channel switching information that the user equipment or the WLAN AP are sent is received, the channel switching information is used to indicate Channel used in communicating between the user equipment and the WLAN AP switches and completes the time of the switching; And
It is described that the WLAN AP and user equipment progress mesh are passed through via the GTP tunnel according to the channel width Mark the transmission of data, comprising:
According to the channel width and the channel indication message, via the GTP tunnel, by the WLAN AP with The user equipment carries out the transmission of target data.
6. according to the method described in claim 5, it is characterized in that, described according to the channel width, via the GTP tunnel Road, before the transmission that target data is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, the method also includes:
First is sent to the WLAN AP and shunts instruction information, and described first, which shunts instruction information, is used to indicate the WLAN AP Data are transmitted between the base station and the user equipment, described first shunts the body that instruction information includes the user equipment Part information a, wherein identity information in the communication system for uniquely indicating a user equipment.
7. method according to claim 4 or 5, which is characterized in that described according to the channel width, via described GTP tunnel, before the transmission that target data is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, the method also includes:
Second is sent to the user equipment and shunts instruction information, and described second, which shunts instruction information, is used to indicate in the user Data are transmitted between equipment and the WLAN AP.
8. the method according to the description of claim 7 is characterized in that described according to the channel width, via the GTP tunnel Road carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
Determine the first GTP tunnel corresponding with the user equipment;
According to the channel width, via first GTP tunnel, mesh is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment Mark the transmission of data.
9. according to the method described in claim 8, it is characterized in that, when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings When, it is described according to the channel width, via the GTP tunnel, target is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment The transmission of data, comprising:
Determine the second GTP tunnel corresponding with carrying belonging to the target data;
According to the channel width, via second GTP tunnel, institute is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment State the transmission of target data.
10. method according to claim 8 or claim 9, which is characterized in that the base station has first base station side protocol stack and the Two base station side protocol stacks, first base station side protocol stack are used in number base station side realization and communicated between the user equipment According to processing, the second base station side protocol stack is used in data processing base station side realization and communicated between the WLAN AP, In, the second base station side protocol stack is connected at least one protocol layer of first base station side protocol stack, and
It is described that the WLAN AP and user equipment progress mesh are passed through via the GTP tunnel according to the channel width Mark the transmission of data, comprising:
According to the channel width, pass through at least one layer of first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side agreement Stack carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel.
11. according to the method described in claim 10, it is characterized in that, the second base station side protocol stack includes adaptation layer, institute Adaptation layer is stated for assist in an at least protocol layer for first base station side protocol stack and second base station side to data The conversion process between stack is discussed, an at least protocol layer for the second base station side protocol stack and first base station side protocol stack is logical The adaptation layer is crossed to be connected, and
At least one layer and second base station side for according to the channel width, passing through first base station side protocol stack is assisted Stack is discussed, via the GTP tunnel, the transmission of target data is carried out by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
The down target data determined according to the channel width are input to at least one association of first base station side protocol stack Layer is discussed, by the adaptation layer by the data format of the data exported from an at least protocol layer for first base station side protocol stack The data format that the second base station side protocol stack can identify is converted to, and is transmitted to the second base station side protocol stack, it will The data exported from the second base station side protocol stack are sent to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, by described WLAN AP is sent to the user equipment;Or
It will be input to the second base station side protocol stack from the data that the WLAN AP is obtained via the GTP tunnel, passes through institute It is first base station side agreement that adaptation layer, which is stated, by the Data Format Transform of the data exported from the second base station side protocol stack The data format that an at least protocol layer for stack can identify, and it is transmitted to an at least agreement for first base station side protocol stack Layer, to obtain the uplink target data of the user equipment, the uplink target data is the user equipment according to the letter What road bandwidth determined.
12. method described in 0 or 11 according to claim 1, which is characterized in that the second base station side protocol stack includes that carrying is reflected Layer is penetrated, the carrying mapping layer is used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
It is described according to the channel width when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings, via the GTP tunnel Road carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
According to the channel width, down target data are determined;
By the carrying mapping layer, carrying belonging to the down target data is determined, and pass through the carrying mapping layer The first carrying instruction information is generated, the first carrying instruction information, which is used to indicate belonging to the down target data, holds It carries;
The first carrying instruction information is sent to the WLAN AP, in order to which the user equipment turns according to the WLAN AP First carrying instruction information of hair, determines carrying belonging to the down target data.
13. method described in 0 or 11 according to claim 1, which is characterized in that the second base station side protocol stack includes that carrying is reflected Layer is penetrated, the carrying mapping layer is used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
It is described according to the channel width when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings, via the GTP tunnel Road carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, comprising:
By the carrying mapping layer, the second carrying instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding, the second carrying instruction are obtained Information is used to indicate carrying belonging to uplink target data, and the uplink target data is determined according to the channel width 's;
According to the second carrying instruction information, determine that carrying belonging to the uplink target data, second carrying refer to Show that information is the user equipment determination and is sent to the WLAN AP.
14. according to the method for claim 13, which is characterized in that first base station side protocol stack includes the layer that reorders, The layer that reorders is for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, the first base station side At least one protocol layer of protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
It is described that the WLAN AP and user equipment progress mesh are passed through via the GTP tunnel according to the channel width Mark the transmission of data, comprising:
According to the channel width, down target data are determined;
By the layer that reorders, position of the down target data in whole downlink datas in the carrying is determined, And first position is generated by the layer that reorders and indicates that information, the first position instruction information are used to indicate the downlink mesh Mark position of the data in whole downlink datas in the carrying;
The first position is sent to the WLAN AP and indicates information, in order to which the user equipment turns according to the WLAN AP The first position of hair indicates information, determines position of the down target data in whole downlink datas in the carrying.
15. according to the method for claim 14, which is characterized in that first base station side protocol stack includes the layer that reorders, The layer that reorders is for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, the first base station side At least one protocol layer of protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
It is described that the WLAN AP and user equipment progress mesh are passed through via the GTP tunnel according to the channel width Mark the transmission of data, comprising:
By the layer that reorders, the second position instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding, the second position instruction letter are obtained Breath is used to indicate position of the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying, and the uplink target data is root It is determined according to the channel width;
Information is indicated according to the second position, determines the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying Position, second position instruction information is that the user equipment is determining and be sent to the WLAN AP.
16. a kind of method for transmitting data, which is characterized in that held by the wireless local network connecting point WLAN AP in communication system Row, the communication system further includes base station and user equipment, described equipped with being used for transmission between the base station and gateway The carrying of the data of user equipment is equipped with general packet wireless service tunnel protocol GTP between the base station and the WLAN AP Tunnel, which comprises
Via the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station, wherein the target data is According to communicating what used channel width determined between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is institute State all or part of data in carrying;Via the GTP tunnel, the number of targets of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station According to before, the method also includes:
Receive the first ability letter for being used to indicate the channel width that the user equipment can be supported that the user equipment is sent Breath;
According to the WLAN AP channel width that can be supported and the first ability information, it is determining with the user equipment it Between the used channel width of communication;
The first channel width is sent to the base station and indicates information, wherein the first channel width instruction information is used to indicate Channel width used in being communicated between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
17. according to the method for claim 16, which is characterized in that via the GTP tunnel, transmit institute with the base station Before the target data for stating user equipment, the method also includes:
The second ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported is sent to the base station, in order to The base station determines between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first ability information and the second ability information Channel width used in communicating, wherein the first ability instruction information is that the user is sent to the base station, is used for Indicate the channel width that the user equipment can be supported.
18. method according to claim 16 or 17, which is characterized in that the method also includes:
Channel switching information is sent to the base station, the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN Channel used in communicating between AP switches and completes the time of the switching.
19. according to the method for claim 18, which is characterized in that it is described via the GTP tunnel, it is transmitted with the base station The target data of the user equipment, comprising:
It receives the base station is sent first and shunts instruction information, described first, which shunts instruction information, is used to indicate the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, and the first shunting instruction information includes the user equipment Identity information a, wherein identity information in the communication system for uniquely indicating a user equipment
Instruction information is shunted according to described first, and the target of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the GTP tunnel Data.
20. according to the method for claim 19, which is characterized in that it is described via the GTP tunnel, it is transmitted with the base station The target data of the user equipment, comprising:
According to the user information of the user equipment, the first GTP tunnel corresponding with the user equipment is determined;
Via first GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station.
21. method described in 9 or 20 according to claim 1, which is characterized in that when the user equipment and at least two carrying phases Via the GTP tunnel described in when corresponding to, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station, comprising:
The first carrying instruction information that the base station is sent is received, and carries instruction letter to user equipment forwarding described first Breath, the first carrying instruction information are used to indicate carrying belonging to down target data;Or
The second carrying instruction information that the user equipment is sent is received, and carries instruction letter to base station forwarding described second Breath, the second carrying instruction information are used to indicate carrying belonging to uplink target data.
22. according to the method for claim 21, which is characterized in that the WLAN AP has the first side WLAN AP protocol stack With the 2nd side WLAN AP protocol stack, the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to realize and the base in the side the WLAN AP The data processing communicated between standing, the 2nd WLAN AP side protocol stack are used to realize and the user in the side the WLAN AP The data processing of communication between devices, and
It is described via the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station, comprising:
The data obtained from the base station are input to the first side WLAN AP protocol stack, it will be from the side the first WLAN AP agreement The data of stack output are transmitted to the side the 2nd WLAN AP protocol stack, the number that will be exported from the 2nd WLAN AP side protocol stack According to being sent to the user equipment;Or
The data obtained from the user equipment are input to the 2nd side WLAN AP protocol stack, it will be from the side the 2nd WLAN AP The data of protocol stack output are transmitted to the side the first WLAN AP protocol stack, will export from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack Data be sent to the base station.
23. according to the method for claim 22, which is characterized in that in the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and described the Adaptation layer is provided between two side WLAN AP protocol stacks, and the adaptation layer is used to that data to be carried out in the side the first WLAN AP The conversion process between the protocol stack of the side the 2nd WLAN AP of protocol stack;And
It is described via the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station, comprising:
The data obtained from the base station are input to the first side WLAN AP protocol stack, it will be from described by the adaptation layer The side Data Format Transform the 2nd WLAN AP protocol stack of the data of one WLAN AP side protocol stack output can identify Data format, and it is transmitted to the side the 2nd WLAN AP protocol stack, the number that will be exported from the 2nd WLAN AP side protocol stack According to being sent to the user equipment;Or
The data obtained from the user equipment are input to the 2nd side WLAN AP protocol stack, it will be from institute by the adaptation layer The Data Format Transform for stating the data of the 2nd WLAN AP side protocol stack output is that the side the first WLAN AP protocol stack can be known Other data format, and it is transmitted to the side the first WLAN AP protocol stack, it will be exported from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack Data be sent to the base station.
24. the method according to claim 22 or 23, which is characterized in that when the user equipment and at least two carrying phases Via the GTP tunnel described in when corresponding to, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station, comprising:
According to the identity information of the user equipment, twoth GTP corresponding with carrying belonging to the target data is determined Tunnel;
Via second GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station.
25. a kind of method for transmitting data, which is characterized in that executed by the user equipment in communication system, the communication system It further include base station and wireless local network connecting point WLAN AP, it is described equipped with being used for transmission between the base station and gateway The carrying of the data of user equipment is equipped with general packet wireless service tunnel protocol GTP between the base station and the WLAN AP Tunnel, which comprises
Via the WLAN AP, the transmission of target data is carried out with the base station, wherein the target data is according to What channel width used in communicating between user equipment and the WLAN AP determined, the target data is in the WLAN AP It is to be transmitted via the GTP tunnel between the base station, the target data is all or part of number in the carrying According to;Via the WLAN AP, before the transmission that target data is carried out with the base station, the method also includes:
Receive the second ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported that the WLAN AP is sent;
The channel width and the second ability information that can be supported according to the user equipment, it is determining with the WLAN AP it Between the used channel width of communication;
The first channel width is sent to the base station and indicates information, wherein the first channel width instruction information is used to indicate Channel width used in being communicated between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
26. according to the method for claim 25, which is characterized in that via the WLAN AP, carry out mesh with the base station Before the transmission for marking data, the method also includes:
The first ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the user equipment can be supported is sent to the base station, in order to The base station determines between the user equipment and the WLAN AP according to the first ability information and the second ability information Channel width used in communicating, wherein the second ability instruction information is that the WLAN AP is sent to the base station, It is used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported.
27. according to the method for claim 26, which is characterized in that it is described via the WLAN AP, it is carried out with the base station The transmission of target data, comprising:
The second channel bandwidth instruction information that the base station is sent is received, the second channel bandwidth instruction information is used to indicate institute State channel width used in communicating between user equipment and the WLAN AP;
Information is indicated according to the second channel bandwidth, determines uplink target data, wherein the target upstream data is described All or part of upstream data in carrying;
The uplink target data is sent to the WLAN AP, in order to which the WLAN AP will be described via the GTP tunnel Uplink target data is sent to the base station.
28. the method according to any one of claim 25 to 27, which is characterized in that the method also includes:
Channel switching information is sent to the base station, the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN Channel used in communicating between AP switches and completes the time of the switching.
29. according to the method for claim 28, which is characterized in that it is described via the WLAN AP, it is carried out with the base station The transmission of target data, comprising:
It receives the base station is sent second and shunts instruction information, the second shunting instruction information is used to indicate the user and sets It is standby to transmit data between the WLAN AP;
Instruction information is shunted according to described second, via the WLAN AP, the transmission of target data is carried out with the base station.
30. according to the method for claim 29, which is characterized in that the user equipment has the first user equipment side agreement Stack and second user equipment side protocol stack, the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to realize in the user equipment side and institute The data processing communicated between base station is stated, second user equipment side protocol stack is used to realize in the user equipment side and institute State the data processing communicated between WLAN AP, wherein second user equipment side protocol stack and first user equipment side At least one protocol layer of protocol stack is connected, and
The transmission via the WLAN AP, with base station progress target data, comprising:
By at least one layer and second user equipment side protocol stack of the first user equipment side protocol stack, via described WLAN AP carries out the transmission of target data with the base station.
31. according to the method for claim 30, which is characterized in that second user equipment side protocol stack includes adaptation Layer, the adaptation layer are used to carry out data at least protocol layer and described second in the first user equipment side protocol stack Conversion process between user equipment side protocol stack, second user equipment side protocol stack and first user equipment side are assisted At least protocol layer for discussing stack is connected by the adaptation layer;And
At least one layer and second user equipment side protocol stack by the first user equipment side protocol stack, via The WLAN AP carries out the transmission of target data with the base station, comprising:
Uplink target data is input to an at least protocol layer for the first user equipment side protocol stack, passes through the adaptation layer It is described second by the Data Format Transform of the data exported from an at least protocol layer for the first user equipment side protocol stack The data format that user equipment side protocol stack can identify, and be transmitted to second user equipment side protocol stack, will be from described The data of second user equipment side protocol stack output are sent to the WLAN AP, to be sent to the base by the WLAN AP It stands, or
The data obtained from the WLAN AP are input to second user equipment side protocol stack, it will by the adaptation layer The Data Format Transform of the data exported from second user equipment side protocol stack is the first user equipment side protocol stack The data format that can identify of an at least protocol layer, and be transmitted to an at least agreement for the first user equipment side protocol stack Layer, to obtain down target data.
32. the method according to claim 30 or 31, which is characterized in that second user equipment side protocol stack includes holding Mapping layer is carried, the carrying mapping layer is used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
It is described via the WLAN AP when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings, mesh is carried out with the base station Mark the transmission of data, comprising:
By the carrying mapping layer, carrying belonging to the uplink target data in the target data is determined, and pass through institute It states carrying mapping layer and generates the second carrying instruction information, the second carrying instruction information is used to indicate the uplink target data Belonging carrying, and the second carrying instruction information is sent to the WLAN AP, in order to which the base station is according to The second carrying instruction information of WLAN AP forwarding or uplink corresponding with carrying belonging to the uplink target data Second GTP tunnel determines carrying belonging to the uplink target data;Or
By the carrying mapping layer, the first carrying instruction information that the WLAN AP is sent, the first carrying instruction are obtained Information is used to indicate carrying belonging to the down target data in the target data, and according to the first carrying instruction letter Breath, determines carrying belonging to the down target data, and the first carrying instruction information is the WLAN AP from the base The WLAN AP obtain or described stand according to the 2nd GTP tunnel of downlink corresponding with carrying belonging to the down target data What road determined.
33. according to the method for claim 32, which is characterized in that the first user equipment side protocol stack includes reordering Layer, for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, described first uses the layer that reorders At least one protocol layer of family equipment side protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
The transmission via the WLAN AP, with base station progress target data, comprising:
By the layer that reorders, determine the uplink target data in target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying Position, and the second position is generated by the layer that reorders and indicates that information, the second position instruction information are used to indicate institute Position of the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying is stated, and sends described second to the WLAN AP Position indication information determines the uplink in order to which the base station indicates information according to the second position that the WLAN AP is forwarded Position of the target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying;Or
By the layer that reorders, the first position instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding, the first position instruction letter are obtained Cease position of the down target data being used to indicate in the target data in whole downlink datas in the carrying, and root Information is indicated according to the first position, determines position of the down target data in whole downlink datas in the carrying It sets, the first position instruction information is the base station determination and is sent to the WLAN AP.
34. a kind of device for transmitting data, which is characterized in that between described device and gateway, equipped with being used for transmission use The carrying of the data of family equipment is equipped with General Packet Radio Service between described device and wireless local network connecting point WLAN AP Tunnel protocol GTP tunnel, described device include:
First base station side protocol stack, for realizing the data processing communicated between the user equipment;
Second base station side protocol stack, for realizing the data processing communicated between the WLAN AP, wherein second base Side protocol stack of standing is connected at least one protocol layer of first base station side protocol stack;
Determination unit communicates used channel width for determining between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;
Transmit-Receive Unit is connected with the second base station side protocol stack, the channel strip for being determined according to the determination unit Width carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, wherein described via the GTP tunnel Target data is all or part of data in the carrying;The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the user equipment or described The first channel width that WLAN AP is sent indicates information, wherein the first channel width instruction information is used to indicate the use Communicate used channel width between family equipment and the WLAN AP, the channel width be by the user equipment with it is described What WLAN AP was determined after negotiating;
The determination unit be specifically used for according to first channel width indicate information, determine the user equipment with it is described Channel width used in being communicated between WLAN AP.
35. device according to claim 34, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the user equipment The first ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the user equipment can be supported sent, and receive the WLAN AP The second ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported sent;
The determination unit is specifically used for determining that the user sets according to the first ability information and the second ability information It is standby that used channel width is communicated between the WLAN AP.
36. device according to claim 35, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send out to the user equipment Second channel bandwidth is sent to indicate that information, the second channel bandwidth instruction information are used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN Channel width used in being communicated between AP, in order to which the user equipment indicates information according to the second channel bandwidth, really Determine uplink target data, wherein the target upstream data is all or part of upstream data in the carrying;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for receiving the uplink number of targets that the WLAN AP is sent via the GTP tunnel According to the uplink target data is that the user equipment is sent to the WLAN AP.
37. the device according to any one of claim 34 to 36, which is characterized in that the determination unit is also used to basis The channel width determines down target data, wherein the target downlink data are under all or part in the carrying Row data;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for via the GTP tunnel, sends the down target data to the WLAN AP, with The down target data are forwarded to the user equipment convenient for the WLAN AP.
38. the device according to claim 37, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the user equipment Or the channel switching information that the WLAN AP is sent, the channel switching information be used to indicate the user equipment with it is described Channel used in communicating between WLAN AP switches and completes the time of the switching;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for according to the channel width and the channel indication message, via the GTP tunnel Road carries out the transmission of target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment.
39. the device according to claim 38, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send out to the WLAN AP The first shunting is sent to indicate information, described first, which shunts instruction information, is used to indicate the WLAN AP in the base station and the use Data are transmitted between the equipment of family, described first shunts the identity information that instruction information includes the user equipment, wherein a body Part information in the communication system for uniquely indicating a user equipment.
40. the device according to claim 37 or 38, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also set with to the user Preparation send the second shunting to indicate information, and described second, which shunts instruction information, is used to indicate in the user equipment and the WLAN Data are transmitted between AP.
41. device according to claim 40, which is characterized in that the determination unit is also set with determining with the user Standby corresponding first GTP tunnel;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for passing through the WLAN AP via first GTP tunnel according to the channel width The transmission of target data is carried out with the user equipment.
42. device according to claim 41, which is characterized in that when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings When, the determination unit is also used to determine the second GTP tunnel corresponding with carrying belonging to the target data;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for passing through the WLAN AP via second GTP tunnel according to the channel width The transmission of the target data is carried out with the user equipment.
43. the device according to claim 41 or 42, which is characterized in that the second base station side protocol stack includes adaptation Layer, the adaptation layer are used to carry out data at least protocol layer and second base station in first base station side protocol stack Conversion process between the protocol stack of side, an at least agreement for the second base station side protocol stack and first base station side protocol stack Layer is connected by the adaptation layer.
44. device according to claim 43, which is characterized in that the second base station side protocol stack includes carrying mapping Layer, the carrying mapping layer is used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
When the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings, the determination unit is specifically used for according to the channel strip Width determines down target data, and by the carrying mapping layer, determines carrying belonging to the down target data, and The first carrying instruction information is generated by the carrying mapping layer, the first carrying instruction information is used to indicate the downlink mesh Mark carrying belonging to data;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send the first carrying instruction information to the WLAN AP, in order to which the user sets Standby the first carrying instruction information according to WLAN AP forwarding, determines carrying belonging to the down target data.
45. the device according to claim 43 or 44, the second base station side protocol stack includes carrying mapping layer, described to hold Mapping layer is carried to be used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
When the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings, the determination unit is specifically used for mapping by the carrying Layer, obtains the second carrying instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding, and the second carrying instruction information is used to indicate uplink target Carrying belonging to data, the uplink target data are determined according to the channel width;
For determining carrying belonging to the uplink target data, described second holds according to the second carrying instruction information Carrying instruction information is the user equipment determination and is sent to the WLAN AP.
46. device according to claim 45, which is characterized in that first base station side protocol stack includes the layer that reorders, The layer that reorders is for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, the first base station side At least one protocol layer of protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
The determination unit is also used to determine down target data, and by the layer that reorders, really according to the channel width Fixed position of the down target data in whole downlink datas in the carrying, and the is generated by the layer that reorders One position indication information, the first position instruction information are used to indicate whole of the down target data in the carrying Position in downlink data;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send the first position instruction information to the WLAN AP, in order to which the user sets The standby first position according to WLAN AP forwarding indicates information, determines that the down target data are complete in the carrying Position in portion's downlink data.
47. device according to claim 46, which is characterized in that first base station side protocol stack includes the layer that reorders, The layer that reorders is for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, the first base station side At least one protocol layer of protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
The determination unit is also used to obtain the second position instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding by the layer that reorders, The second position instruction information is used to indicate position of the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying, institute Stating uplink target data is determined according to the channel width;
For indicating information according to the second position, uplink target data line number in the whole in the carrying is determined Position in, the second position instruction information are the user equipment determinations and are sent to the WLAN AP.
48. a kind of device for transmitting data, which is characterized in that be equipped with General Packet Radio Service tunnel between described device and base station Road agreement GTP tunnel, between the base station and gateway, the carrying equipped with the data for being used for transmission user equipment is described Device includes:
First side WLAN AP protocol stack, for realizing the data processing communicated between the base station;
2nd side WLAN AP protocol stack is connected with the side the first WLAN AP protocol stack, for realizing with the user equipment Between the data processing that communicates;
Transmit-Receive Unit is connected with the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the side the 2nd WLAN AP protocol stack, for via The GTP tunnel transmits the target data of the user equipment with the base station, wherein the target data is according to What channel width used in communicating between user equipment and the WLAN AP determined, the target data is in the carrying All or part of data;The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive that the user equipment sends is used to indicate the user equipment The first ability information for the channel width that can be supported;
Described device further include:
Determination unit, channel width and the first ability information for that can be supported according to the WLAN AP, determining and institute It states and communicates used channel width between user equipment;And
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send the first channel width instruction information to the base station, wherein first channel strip Width instruction information, which is used to indicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, communicates used channel width.
49. device according to claim 48, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send to the base station and use In the second ability information for the channel width that the instruction WLAN AP can be supported, in order to which the base station is according to the first ability Information and the second ability information determine channel width used in communicating between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, Wherein, the first ability instruction information is that the user is sent to the base station, and being used to indicate the user equipment can The channel width of support.
50. the device according to claim 48 or 49, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send out to the base station Channels handover information, the channel switching information, which is used to indicate to communicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, to be made Channel switches and completes the time of the switching.
51. device according to claim 50, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the base station and sends First shunt instruction information, it is described first shunt instruction information is used to indicate the WLAN AP in the base station and the use Data are transmitted between the equipment of family, described first shunts the identity information that instruction information includes the user equipment, wherein a body Part information in the communication system for uniquely indicating a user equipment;
The user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the GTP tunnel for shunting instruction information according to described first Target data.
52. device according to claim 51, which is characterized in that described device further include: determination unit is used for according to institute The user information of user equipment is stated, determines the first GTP tunnel corresponding with the user equipment;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for transmitting the target of the user equipment with the base station via first GTP tunnel Data.
53. the device according to claim 50 or 51, which is characterized in that when the user equipment and at least two carrying phases It is corresponding when the Transmit-Receive Unit be also used to receive the first carrying instruction information that the base station sends, and to the user equipment The first carrying instruction information is forwarded, the first carrying instruction information, which is used to indicate belonging to down target data, holds It carries;Or
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the second carrying instruction information that the user equipment is sent, and forwards to the base station The second carrying instruction information, the second carrying instruction information are used to indicate carrying belonging to uplink target data.
54. device according to claim 53, which is characterized in that in the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and described the Adaptation layer is provided between two side WLAN AP protocol stacks, and the adaptation layer is used to that data to be carried out in the side the first WLAN AP The conversion process between the protocol stack of the side the 2nd WLAN AP of protocol stack.
55. device according to claim 54, which is characterized in that when the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings When, described device further include:
Determination unit, for the identity information according to the user equipment, determination and carrying phase belonging to the target data Corresponding second GTP tunnel;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for transmitting the target of the user equipment with the base station via second GTP tunnel Data.
56. a kind of device for transmitting data, which is characterized in that described device includes:
First user equipment side protocol stack, for realizing the data processing communicated between base station, wherein in the base station and net It closes between equipment, the carrying equipped with the data for being used for transmission the user equipment, the base station and wireless local network connecting point General packet wireless service tunnel protocol GTP tunnel is equipped between WLAN AP;
Second user equipment side protocol stack, for realizing the data processing communicated between the WLAN AP, wherein described Two user equipment side protocol stacks are connected at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack;
Transmit-Receive Unit is connected with second user equipment side protocol stack, for via the WLAN AP, with the base station into The transmission of row target data, wherein the target data is made according to communicating between the user equipment and the WLAN AP What channel width determined, the target data is to pass between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel Defeated, the target data is all or part of data in the carrying;The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the WLAN The second ability information for being used to indicate the channel width that the WLAN AP can be supported that AP is sent;
Described device further include:
Determination unit, channel width and the second ability information for that can be supported according to the user equipment, determine with Used channel width is communicated between the WLAN AP;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send the first channel width instruction information to the base station, wherein first channel strip Width instruction information, which is used to indicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, communicates used channel width.
57. device according to claim 56, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to send to the base station and use In the first ability information for the channel width that the instruction user equipment can be supported, in order to which the base station is according to described first Ability information and the second ability information determine channel width used in communicating between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, Wherein, the second ability instruction information is that the WLAN AP is sent to the base station, is used to indicate the WLAN AP energy The channel width enough supported.
58. device according to claim 57, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the base station and sends Second channel bandwidth indicate that information, second channel bandwidth instruction information are used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN Channel width used in being communicated between AP;
Described device further include:
Determination unit determines uplink target data, wherein the target for indicating information according to the second channel bandwidth Upstream data is all or part of upstream data in the carrying;
The Transmit-Receive Unit is specifically used for sending the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, in order to WLAN AP warp The uplink target data is sent to the base station by the GTP tunnel.
59. the device according to any one of claim 56 to 58, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to institute It states base station and sends channel switching information, the channel switching information is used to indicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP Channel used in communicating switches and completes the time of the switching.
60. device according to claim 59, which is characterized in that the Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to receive the base station and sends Second shunt instruction information, it is described second shunt instruction information is used to indicate between the user equipment and the WLAN AP Transmit data;
For shunting instruction information according to described second, determines and need to carry out data biography via the WLAN AP and the base station It is defeated.
61. device according to claim 60, which is characterized in that second user equipment side protocol stack includes adaptation Layer, the adaptation layer are used to carry out data at least protocol layer and described second in the first user equipment side protocol stack Conversion process between user equipment side protocol stack, second user equipment side protocol stack and first user equipment side are assisted At least protocol layer for discussing stack is connected by the adaptation layer.
62. the device according to claim 60 or 61, which is characterized in that second user equipment side protocol stack includes holding Mapping layer is carried, the carrying mapping layer is used to determine carrying belonging to the target data, and
When the user equipment is corresponding at least two carryings,
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to determine by the carrying mapping layer belonging to the uplink target data in the target data In carrying, and the second carrying instruction information is generated by the carrying mapping layer, the second carrying instruction information is for referring to Show carrying belonging to the uplink target data, and sends the second carrying instruction information to the WLAN AP, in order to The base station according to the WLAN AP forward it is described second carrying instruction information or with belonging to the uplink target data Corresponding the second GTP tunnel of uplink is carried, determines carrying belonging to the uplink target data;Or
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to obtain the first carrying instruction letter that the WLAN AP is sent by the carrying mapping layer Breath, the first carrying instruction information are used to indicate carrying belonging to the down target data in the target data, and root According to the first carrying instruction information, carrying belonging to the down target data, the first carrying instruction information are determined Be the WLAN AP obtained from the base station or the WLAN AP according to carrying belonging to the down target data What corresponding the second GTP tunnel of downlink determined.
63. device according to claim 62, which is characterized in that the first user equipment side protocol stack includes reordering Layer, for determining position of the target data in the total data in the carrying, described first uses the layer that reorders At least one protocol layer of family equipment side protocol stack is the layer that reorders, and
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to determine the uplink target data in target data in the carrying by the layer that reorders On whole upstream datas in position, and the second position is generated by the layer that reorders and indicates information, the second position Instruction information is used to indicate position of the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying, and to described WLAN AP sends the second position and indicates information, in order to which the base station refers to according to the second position that the WLAN AP is forwarded Show information, determines position of the uplink target data in whole upstream datas in the carrying;Or
The Transmit-Receive Unit is also used to obtain the first position instruction information of the WLAN AP forwarding by the layer that reorders, The first position instruction information is used to indicate the down target data in the target data under the whole in the carrying Position in row data, and information is indicated according to the first position, determine the down target data in the carrying Position in whole downlink datas, the first position instruction information are the base station determinations and are sent to the WLAN AP.
64. a kind of system for transmitting data, which is characterized in that the system comprises:
Device described in any one of claim 34 to 47;
Device described in any one of claim 48 to 55;
Device described in any one of claim 56 to 63.
CN201380003698.6A 2013-11-01 2013-11-01 Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data Active CN104982062B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/086398 WO2015062063A1 (en) 2013-11-01 2013-11-01 Data transmission method, apparatus and system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN104982062A CN104982062A (en) 2015-10-14
CN104982062B true CN104982062B (en) 2018-12-07

Family

ID=53003173

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201380003698.6A Active CN104982062B (en) 2013-11-01 2013-11-01 Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104982062B (en)
WO (1) WO2015062063A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106060801B (en) * 2016-05-06 2020-02-11 上海庆科信息技术有限公司 Data communication method, device and system based on Wi-Fi device
CN108307541B (en) * 2016-09-26 2020-11-10 中国电信股份有限公司 Method, device and system for adjusting PDCP layer processing load
CN107071922B (en) * 2016-12-29 2019-10-11 河北远东通信系统工程有限公司 Efficient data transmission method under the conditions of a kind of narrow band communication
KR102522802B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2023-04-18 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Data transmission method, device and computer storage medium
CN112771919B (en) * 2018-09-27 2024-08-16 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Generation of tunnel endpoint identifiers for packet tunneling
CN111698784B (en) * 2020-06-24 2023-09-26 京信网络系统股份有限公司 Data transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102215530A (en) * 2011-05-27 2011-10-12 上海华为技术有限公司 Data flow transmission method and related equipment and system
CN102480528A (en) * 2010-11-24 2012-05-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Access gateway selection method and device
WO2013034052A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-14 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4703238B2 (en) * 2004-12-15 2011-06-15 パナソニック株式会社 Wireless network control device, wireless LAN relay device, wireless communication system, and communication method of wireless communication system
CN101841880B (en) * 2010-05-14 2012-07-04 华中科技大学 LTE and WLAN interconnecting system and switching method
US20130003698A1 (en) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-03 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for managing service continuity
CN102958126B (en) * 2011-08-18 2015-05-27 中国移动通信集团广东有限公司 Wireless communication method, unlicensed RAT (radio access technology) controller and mobile station
ES2902378T3 (en) * 2012-03-07 2022-03-28 Nokia Solutions & Networks Oy Selection of the access mode based on the identity of the selected access network of the user's equipment
CN103369502B (en) * 2012-04-11 2018-05-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The processing method and network element of a kind of policy control session

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102480528A (en) * 2010-11-24 2012-05-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Access gateway selection method and device
CN102215530A (en) * 2011-05-27 2011-10-12 上海华为技术有限公司 Data flow transmission method and related equipment and system
WO2013034052A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-14 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104982062A (en) 2015-10-14
WO2015062063A1 (en) 2015-05-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN104685920B (en) The methods, devices and systems of transmission data
US11438941B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
EP3399819B1 (en) Method and device for establishing radio resource control connection
CN110035564A (en) Communication means and device
WO2013010500A1 (en) Data shunt method and user equipment
CN112839332A (en) Multi-band communication, interface parameter update method, AP device and ML device
CN104982062B (en) Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data
CN103580778A (en) Data transmission method and device and communication system
JP6133970B2 (en) Method and device for data shunting
CN108282448A (en) Multi-link communication means, equipment and terminal
WO2016049806A1 (en) Distribution method and apparatus
US10701591B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
CN106211809B (en) A data transmission method, device and system
CN106465439B (en) Multi-stream aggregation method, device and system
JP2021002873A (en) Method and device for establishing wireless resource control connection
CN103959855B (en) Data distribution method and data distribution control device, transfer point, terminal
WO2024207363A1 (en) Signal transceiving method and apparatus and communication system
WO2024165073A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2016074222A1 (en) Method and device for data transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant